Rockwell Automation Publication 2711P-TD009C-EN-P - July 2016 5 PanelView Plus 7 Performance Terminals
PanelView Plus 7 Performance 10-in and 12-in Terminals
Attribute
10-in. Touch
2711P-T10C22D9P, 2711P-T10C22D9P-B (1)
2711P-T10C22A9P, 2711P-T10C22A9P-B
(1) Catalog numbers with a -B extension denote terminals that exclude the Allen-Bradley brand marking. Customers can put their own brand labels on these terminals. 10-in. Touch with Keypad
2711P-B10C22D9P, 2711P-B10C22D9P-B (1)
2711P-B10C22A9P, 2711P-B10C22A9P-B
12-in. Touch
2711P-T12W22D9P, 2711P-T12W22D9P-B (1)
2711P-T12W22A9P, 2711P-T12W22A9P-B
Operator input Touch Touch with keypad Touch
Display type TFT Color
Display size,
diagonal 10.4-in. 12.1-in.
Viewing area (W x H) 211 x 158 mm (8.3 x 6.2 in.) 261 x 163 mm (10.3 x 6.4 in.) Display resolution 800 x 600 SVGA, 18-bit color graphics 1280 x 800 WXGA, 18-bit color graphics Aspect ratio 4:3 16:10
Brightness, typical 300 cd/m2
(Nits)
Backlight life White light-emitting diode, solid-state
Life: 50,000 h min at 40 °C (104 °F) to half-brightness, backlight is not replaceable Touch screen
Analog resistive
Actuation rating: 1 million presses
Operating force: 100 grams
Battery (real-time
clock backup)
Accuracy: +/-2 minutes per month.
Battery life: 4 years min at 25 °C (77 °F)
Replacement: CR2032 lithium coin cell
Memory:
• System
• User
• 512 MB RAM and 512 MB storage
• 80 MB, approx, nonvolatile storage for applications
Secure Digital (SD)
card slot One SD card slot for external storage; supports cat. no. 1784-SDx cards USB ports:
• Host
• Device
• Two USB high-speed 2.0 host ports (type A) support removable flash drives for external storage • One high-speed 2.0 device port (type B) that will be functional in a future release Operating system Windows CE with Extended Features and MS Office Viewers (includes FTP, VNC client server, ActiveX controls, PDF reader, third-party device support) Ethernet ports Two 10/100Base-T, Auto MDI/MDI-X Ethernet ports that support Device Level Ring (DLR), linear, or star network topologies Software FactoryTalk View Studio for Machine Edition, FactoryTalk ViewPoint, version 2.6 or later Electrical
Input voltage 24V DC nom
(18…30V DC) 100…240V AC 24V DC nom
(18…30V DC) 100…240V AC 24V DC nom
(18…30V DC) 100…240V AC
Power consumption 50 W max
(2.1 A at 24V DC) 105VA 50 W max
(2.1 A at 24V DC) 105VA 50 W max
(2.1 A at 24V DC) 105VA
Power supply Supports (SELV) and
(PELV) 24V DC supplies(2)
(2) DC-powered terminals support safety extra low voltage (SELV) and protective extra low voltage (PELV) 24V DC power supplies such as cat. nos. 1606-XLP95E, 1606-XLP100E, 2711P-RSACDIN. — Supports (SELV) and
(PELV) 24V DC supplies(2) — Supports (SELV) and (PELV) 24V DC supplies(2) — Mechanical
Weight, approx 2.28 kg (5.03 lb) 2.58 kg (5.69 lb) 2.54 kg (5.60 lb) Dimensions, approx
(H x W x D)
252 x 297 x 69.6 mm
9.92 x 11.69 x 2.74 in.
252 x 385 x 69.6 mm
9.92 x 15.16 x 2.74 in.
240 x 340 x 69.6 mm
9.69 x 13.39 x 2.74 in.
Cutout dimensions,
approx (H x W)
224 x 269 mm
8.82 x 10.59 in.
224 x 335 mm
8.82 x 13.19 in.
218 x 312 mm
8.58 x 12.28 in.
6 Rockwell Automation Publication 2711P-TD009C-EN-P - July 2016 PanelView Plus 7 Performance Terminals
PanelView Plus 7 Performance 15-in and 19-in Terminals
Attribute
15-in. Touch
2711P-T15C22D9P, 2711P-T15C22D9P-B (1)
2711P-T15C22A9P, 2711P-T15C22A9P-B
(1) Catalog numbers with a -B extension denote terminals that exclude the Allen-Bradley brand marking. Customers can put their own brand labels on these terminals. 15-in. Touch with Keypad
2711P-B15C22D9P, 2711P-B15C22D9P-B (1)
2711P-B15C22A9P, 2711P-B15C22A9P-B
19-in. Touch
2711P-T19C22D9P, 2711P-T19C22D9P-B (1)
2711P-T19C22A9P, 2711P-T19C22A9P-B
Operator input Touch Touch with keypad Touch
Display type TFT Color
Display size,
diagonal 15-in. 19-in.
Viewing area (W x H) 304 x 228 mm (12.0 x 9.0 in.) 376 x 301 mm (14.8 x 11.9 in.) Display resolution 1024 x 768 XGA, 18-bit color graphics 1280 x 1024 SXGA, 18-bit color graphics Aspect ratio 4:3 5:4
Brightness, typical 300 cd/m2
(Nits)
Backlight life White light-emitting diode, solid-state
Life: 50,000 h min at 40 °C (104 °F) to half-brightness, backlight is not replaceable Touch screen
Analog resistive
Actuation rating: 1 million presses
Operating force: 100 grams
Battery (real-time
clock backup)
Accuracy: +/-2 minutes per month.
Battery life: 4 years min at 25 °C (77 °F)
Replacement: CR2032 lithium coin cell
Memory:
• System
• User
• 512 MB RAM and 512 MB storage
• 80 MB, approx, nonvolatile storage for applications
Secure Digital (SD)
card slot One SD card slot for external storage; supports cat. no. 1784-SDx cards USB ports:
• Host
• Device
• Two USB high-speed 2.0 host ports (type A) support removable flash drives for external storage • One high-speed 2.0 device port (type B) that will be functional in a future release Operating system Windows CE with Extended Features and MS Office Viewers (includes FTP, VNC client server, ActiveX controls, PDF reader, third-party device support) Ethernet ports Two 10/100Base-T, Auto MDI/MDI-X Ethernet ports that support Device Level Ring (DLR), linear, or star network topologies Software FactoryTalk View Studio for Machine Edition, FactoryTalk ViewPoint, version 2.6 or later Electrical
Input voltage, DC 24V DC nom
(18…30V DC) 100…240V AC 24V DC nom
(18…30V DC) 100…240V AC 24V DC nom
(18…30V DC) 100…240V AC
Power consumption,
DC
50 W max
(2.1 A at 24V DC) 105VA 50 W max
(2.1 A at 24V DC) 105VA 50 W max
(2.1 A at 24V DC) 105VA
Power supply Supports (SELV) and
(PELV) 24V DC supplies(2)
(2) DC-powered terminals support safety extra low voltage (SELV) and protective extra low voltage (PELV) 24V DC power supplies such as cat. nos. 1606-XLP95E, 1606-XLP100E, 2711P-RSACDIN. — Supports (SELV) and
(PELV) 24V DC supplies(2) — Supports (SELV) and (PELV) 24V DC supplies(2) — Mechanical
Weight, approx 3.69 kg (8.14 lb) 4.14 kg (9.13 lb) 5.62 kg (12.40 lb) Dimensions, approx
(H x W x D)
318 x 381 x 69.6 mm
12.52 x 15.00 x 2.74 in
329 x 484 x 69.6 mm
12.95 x 19.06 x 2.74 in
411 x 485 x 69.6 mm
16.18 x 19.09 x 2.74 in
Cutout dimensions,
approx (H x W)
290 x 353 mm
11.42 x 13.90 in
290 x 418 mm
11.42 x 16.46 in
383 x 457 mm
15.08 x 17.99 in
Rockwell Automation Publication 2711P-TD009C-EN-P - July 2016 7 PanelView Plus 7 Performance Terminals
Product Dimensions
5IFUBCMFQSPWJEFTQSPEVDUEJNFOTJPOT5IFJODIUPVDIBOEDPNCJOBUJPOLFZQBEXJUIUPVDIEFWJDFTBSFTIPXOGPS JMMVTUSBUJWFQVSQPTFT"MMPUIFSUFSNJOBMTJ[FTMPPLTJNJMBS PanelView Plus 7 Performance Dimensions - 10.4-in. Model Product Dimensions - PanelView Plus 7 Performance Terminals Terminal
Size
Input
Type
Height (a)
mm (in.)
Width (b)
mm (in.)
Overall Depth (c)
mm (in.)
Mounted Depth (d)
mm (in.)
6.5-in. Key/touch 179 (7.05) 285 (11.22)
69.6 (2.74) 63.6 (2.50)
Touch 170 (6.69) 212 (8.35)
9-in. Touch 190 (7.48) 280 (11.02)
10.4-in. Key/touch 252 (9.92) 385 (15.16)
Touch 252 (9.92) 297 (11.69)
12.1-in. Touch 246 (9.69) 340 (13.39)
15-in. Key/touch 329 (12.95) 484 (19.06)
Touch 318 (12.52) 381 (15.00)
19-in. Touch 411 (16.18) 485 (19.09)
TIP When mounted in a panel, the front of the bezel extends less than
6.36 mm (0.25 in.) from the front of the panel.
1 6 6 1
F1
Esc
7 8 9
45 6
123
0 – .
F2
F3
F6
F4
F5
F9
F7
F8
F10
F12
F11
F14
F13
F16
F15
1 6 6 6 1 1
c c
a
b
a
b
d d
8 Rockwell Automation Publication 2711P-TD009C-EN-P - July 2016 PanelView Plus 7 Performance Terminals
Accessories
5IFUBCMFTJOUIJTTFDUJPOMJTUBDDFTTPSJFTGPSUIF1BOFM7JFX1MVT1FSGPSNBODFUFSNJOBMT Protective Overlays
Power Supplies and Power Terminal Blocks
Mounting Hardware
Secure Digital (SD) Cards
Battery Replacement
Cat. No.(1)
(1) Three overlays are shipped with each catalog number.
Display Size
Operator Input
Touch Key and Touch
2711P-RGT7SP
6.5-in. •
2711P-RGB7P •
2711P-RGT9SP 9-in. (wide) •
2711P-RGT10SP
10.4-in. •
2711P-RGB10P •
2711P-RGT12SP 12.1-in. (wide) •
2711P-RGT15SP
15-in. •
2711P-RGB15P •
2711P-RGT19P 19-in. •
Cat. No. Description Quantity
1606-XLP95E DIN rail power supply, 24…28V DC output voltage, 95 W 1 1606-XLP100E DIN rail power supply, 24…28V DC output voltage, 100 W 1 2711P-RSACDIN DIN rail power supply, AC-to-DC, 85…265V AC, 47…63 Hz 1 2711P-RTBAP 3-pin AC power terminal block 10
2711P-RTBDSP 3-pin DC power terminal block 10
Cat. No. Description Quantity
2711P-RMCP(1)
(1) Catalog number 2711P-RMCP mounting levers are used with PanelView Plus 7 Performance terminals. Do not use gray mounting levers; they are not compatible with PanelView Plus 7 Performance terminals.
Mounting levers (black) 16
Cat. No. Description
1784-SD1 1 GB SD card
1784-SD2 2 GB SD card
2711C-RCSD USB to SD adapter for SD card
Cat. No. Description Quantity
2711P-RY2032 Lithium coin cell battery, CR2032 equivalent 1
Rockwell Automation Publication 2711P-TD009C-EN-P - July 2016 9 PanelView Plus 7 Performance Terminals
HMI Software
"MM1BOFM7JFX1MVTUFSNJOBMTBSFDPOGJHVSFEXJUI'BDUPSZ5BML 7JFX4UVEJPTPGUXBSFBOEIBWFBOJOUFHSBUFESVOUJNFTZTUFNDBMMFE 'BDUPSZ5BML7JFX.BDIJOF&EJUJPO4UBUJPO
.BDIJOF&EJUJPO4UBUJPOSVOTQSPKFDUTUIBUBSFEFWFMPQFEXJUI 'BDUPSZ5BML7JFX4UVEJPTPGUXBSFBOEJTJODMVEFEPOBMM1BOFM7JFX 1MVTUFSNJOBMT
5XPWFSTJPOTPG'BDUPSZ5BML7JFX4UVEJPTPGUXBSFTVQQPSU BQQMJDBUJPOEFWFMPQNFOUGPS1BOFM7JFX1MVTUFSNJOBMT :PVDBOJNQPSU1BOFM7JFX4UBOEBSE1BOFM#VJMEFS¡BOE1BOFM7JFXBQQMJDBUJPOTJOUP'BDUPSZ5BML7JFX4UVEJP TPGUXBSFBT.BDIJOF&EJUJPOBQQMJDBUJPOTCZVTJOHUIF.BDIJOF&EJUJPO*NQPSU8J[BSE5IF*NQPSU8J[BSETUFQTZPV UISPVHIBGFXPQUJPOTTVDIBTTDBMJOHUPBOFXTDSFFOSFTPMVUJPOTJ[F BOEUIFODPOWFSUTPCKFDUT
UFYU
UBHT
BOE
DPNNVOJDBUJPODPOGJHVSBUJPOTUPPOFTUIBUBSFBWBJMBCMFJO.BDIJOF&EJUJPO 'BDUPSZ5BML7JFX1PJOUTPGUXBSF
BOBEEPOUP'BDUPSZ5BML7JFX4UVEJPTPGUXBSF
BMMPXTQMBOUNBOBHFST
QSPEVDUJPOTVQFSWJTPST
TZTUFNJOUFHSBUPST
BOEPUIFSLFZ
TUBLFIPMEFSTUPWJFXBOEDPOUSPMSFBMUJNFQMBOUGMPPSPQFSBUJPOTSFNPUFMZGSPNB XFCCSPXTFS'BDUPSZ5BML7JFX1PJOUFOBCMFEEJTQMBZTBSFGVMMZTDBMBCMFBOE BOJNBUFEJOUIFCSPXTFS5IFSFNPUFVTFSDBOBMTPWJFXEJTQMBZTUIBUBSFOPUUIF BDUJWFEJTQMBZPGUIFUFSNJOBM
&BDI1BOFM7JFX1MVTUFSNJOBMDPOUBJOTPOFMJDFOTFUIBUTVQQPSUTPOFDMJFOU DPOOFDUJPOUPUIFUFSNJOBM/PBEEJUJPOBMTPGUXBSFJTSFRVJSFE 'PSBDPNQMFUFMJTUPGBWBJMBCMF).*TPGUXBSF
WJTJUIUUQXXXSPDLXFMMBVUPNBUJPODPNSPDLXFMMTPGUXBSF Cat. No.(1)
(1) To order localized versions of the software, replace EN in the catalog number with DE for German, FR for French, JP for Japanese, or ZH for Chinese.
Description
9701-VWSTMENE
FactoryTalk View Studio for Machine Edition software - Configuration software for developing and testing machine-level human machine interface (HMI) applications. Includes RSLinx® Enterprise and KEPServer Enterprise software.
9701-VWSTENE FactoryTalk View Studio software - Configuration software for developing and testing machine-level and supervisory-level human machine interface (HMI) applications.
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2711P-TD009C-EN-P - July 2016 PanelView Plus 7 Performance Terminals
Additional Resources
5IFTFEPDVNFOUTDPOUBJONPSFJOGPSNBUJPOBCPVUSFMBUFEQSPEVDUTGSPN3PDLXFMM"VUPNBUJPO :PVDBOWJFXPSEPXOMPBEQVCMJDBUJPOTBUIUUQXXXSPDLXFMMBVUPNBUJPODPNHMPCBMMJUFSBUVSFMJCSBSZ PWFSWJFXQBHF5PPSEFSQBQFSDPQJFTPGUFDIOJDBMEPDVNFOUBUJPO DPOUBDUZPVSMPDBM"MMFO#SBEMFZEJTUSJCVUPSPS
3PDLXFMM"VUPNBUJPOTBMFTSFQSFTFOUBUJWF
Resource Description
PanelView Plus 7 Performance Terminals User Manual, publication 2711P-UM008 Provides instructions on how to install, configure, and operate the PanelView Plus 7 Performance terminals.
Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1 Provides general guidelines on how to install a Rockwell Automation industrial system.
Product Certifications website, http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/ certification/overview.page Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and other certification details.
Rockwell Automation Publication 2711P-TD009C-EN-P - July 2016 11 PanelView Plus 7 Performance Terminals
Notes:
Allen-Bradley, CompactLogix, ControlLogix, FactoryTalk, PanelBuilder, PanelView, LISTEN. THINK. SOLVE, Rockwell Automation, Rockwell Software, and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.
Publication 2711P-TD009C-EN-P - July 2016
Supersedes Publication 2711P-TD009B-EN-P - May 2016 Copyright © 2016 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.
Rockwell Automation Support
6TFUIFGPMMPXJOHSFTPVSDFTUPBDDFTTTVQQPSUJOGPSNBUJPO Documentation Feedback
:PVSDPNNFOUTXJMMIFMQVTTFSWFZPVSEPDVNFOUBUJPOOFFETCFUUFS*GZPVIBWFBOZTVHHFTUJPOTPOIPXUPJNQSPWFUIJTEPDVNFOU DPNQMFUFUIF
)PX"SF8F%PJOH GPSNBUIUUQMJUFSBUVSFSPDLXFMMBVUPNBUJPODPNJEDHSPVQTMJUFSBUVSFEPDVNFOUTEVSBEV@FOFQEG Technical Support Center Knowledgebase Articles, How-to Videos, FAQs, Chat, User Forums, and Product Notification Updates. www.rockwellautomation.com/knowledgebase Local Technical Support Phone Numbers Locate the phone number for your country. www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/get-supportnow.page Direct Dial Codes
Find the Direct Dial Code for your product. Use the
code to route your call directly to a technical support engineer.
www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/directdial.page Literature Library Installation Instructions, Manuals, Brochures, and Technical Data. www.rockwellautomation.com/literature
Product Compatibility and Download Center
(PCDC)
Get help determining how products interact, check
features and capabilities, and find associated
firmware.
www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/pcdc.page
3PDLXFMM0UPNBTZPO5JDBSFU"ɐ
,BS1MB[Bȹ˂.FSLF[J&#MPL,BUȹÉFSFOLÕZ
ȹTUBOCVM
5FM
Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental information on its website at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/about-us/sustainability-ethics/product-environmental-compliance.page.
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 1 / 4
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 20-Mar-2012
Extract from the online
catalog
UM 45-FLK14/PLC
Order No.: 2962476
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2962476 VARIOFACE COMPACT LINE, interface module for 8 channels, for assembly on DIN rail NS 35/7.5, screw connection
Commercial data
EAN
4 017918 087173
Pack 1 pcs.
Customs tariff 85369010
Catalog page information Page 199 (IF-2007)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
Jul/14/2006
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation at http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com.
The General Terms and Conditions
of Use apply to Internet downloads.
Technical data
General data
Nominal voltage UN 25 V AC (50 V DC)
Max. current carrying capacity per branch 1 A
Max. total current of voltage supply 3 A
Number of positions 14
Width 59 mm
UM 45-FLK14/PLC Order No.: 2962476
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2962476 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 2 / 4
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 20-Mar-2012
Height 45 mm
Depth 50 mm
Ambient temperature (operation) -20 °C ... 50 °C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20 °C ... 70 °C Test voltage 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664
DIN EN 50178
Pollution degree 2
Surge voltage category II
Connection data for connection 1
Connection name Field level
Connection method Screw connection
Conductor cross section solid min. 0.14 mm²
Conductor cross section solid max. 1.5 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded min. 0.14 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded max. 1.5 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil min. 26
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil max 14
Stripping length 6 mm
Screw thread M3
Certificates
Certification CUL, GOST, UL
UM 45-FLK14/PLC Order No.: 2962476
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2962476 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 3 / 4
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 20-Mar-2012
Drawings
Circuit diagram
UM 45-FLK14/PLC connection scheme
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 1 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 20-Mar-2012
Extract from the online
catalog
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
Order No.: 2288901
The illustration shows a 50-pos. version
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2288901 Round cable set, with two 14-pos. socket strips (1:1 connection), for connecting 8 channels, cable length: 0.5 m
Commercial data
EAN
4 017918 057299
Pack 1 pcs.
Customs tariff 85444190
Catalog page information Page 282 (IF-2011)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
May/02/2005
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation at http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com.
The General Terms and Conditions
of Use apply to Internet downloads.
Technical data
General
Nominal voltage UN < 50 V AC
60 V DC
Max. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 Ω/m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20 °C ... 50 °C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20 °C ... 70 °C
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK Order No.: 2288901
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2288901 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 2 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 20-Mar-2012
Plug connector, control side IDC/FLK socket strip (2.54 mm) Plug connector, module side IDC/FLK socket strip (2.54 mm) Fixed cable length 0.5 m
Single wire, cross section 0.14 mm²
AWG 26
Conductor construction: Number of litz wires: 7
Single wire, material Cu tin-plated
External diameter 6.4 mm
Cable, preassembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Shielding no
Certificates
Certification CUL, GOST, UL
PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 1 / 5
http://www.phoenixcontact.com May 1, 2014
Extract from the online
catalog
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT
Order No.: 2295554
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2295554 V8-OUTPUT adapter for eight 6.2 mm PLC interfaces (1 PDT, etc./see "Supplementary Products"). 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connection for the PLC system cabling, control logic: Plus switching
Commercial data
EAN
4 017918 189143
sales group I650
Pack 1 Pcs.
Customs tariff 85369010
Gross weight in pieces 0.058 KG
Net weight per piece 0.0558 KG
Catalog page information Page 369 (C-7-2013)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
01/02/2006
http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation. The
General Terms and Conditions of
Use apply to Internet downloads.
Technical data
Dimensions
Width 49.6 mm
Height 100 mm
Depth 94 mm
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT Order No.: 2295554
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2295554 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 2 / 5
http://www.phoenixcontact.com May 1, 2014
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (operation) -40 °C ... 70 °C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -40 °C ... 70 °C General
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC ±25 %
Max. current carrying capacity per branch 1 A (per signal path) Max. total current of voltage supply 3 A
Number of positions 14
Status display Green LED
Test voltage 500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Mounting position any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664
DIN EN 50178
IEC 62103
Pollution degree 2
Surge voltage category III
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV
Connection data for connection 1
Connection name Power supply
Connection in acc. with standard IEC / EN
Number of connections 1
Connection method Screw connection
Conductor cross section solid min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section solid max. 4 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded max. 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil min. 24
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil max 12
Stripping length 8 mm
Screw thread M3
Connection data for connection 2
Connection name Signal level
Number of connections 1
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT Order No.: 2295554
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2295554 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 3 / 5
http://www.phoenixcontact.com May 1, 2014
Number of positions 14
Supported controller
Controller SIEMENS S7-400
- suitable I/O card 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0
Controller GE-FANUC 90-30
- suitable I/O card IC693 MDL732
IC693 MDL740
IC693 MDL742
Controller ALLEN-BRADLEY ControlLogix
- suitable I/O card 1756-OB32
1756-OB16E
Controller ALLEN-BRADLEY PLC 5
- suitable I/O card 1771 OBN
Controller ALLEN-BRADLEY SLC 500
- suitable I/O card 1746 OB16
1746 OB 32
Controller HONEYWELL PlantScape
- suitable I/O card TC-ODD 321
Controller MITSUBISHI MELSEC Q
- suitable I/O card QY81P
Controller SIEMENS S7-300 / ET 200 M
- suitable I/O card CPU 313C-2DP
CPU 314C-2DP
CPU 314C-2PtP
6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0
CPU 313C
CPU 313C-2PtP
Controller ABB S800 I/O
- suitable I/O card DO810
DO840
Controller Emerson DeltaV
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT Order No.: 2295554
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2295554 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 4 / 5
http://www.phoenixcontact.com May 1, 2014
- suitable I/O card VE4002S1T1B3
VE4002S1T2B3
VE4002S1T2B3 Series 2
VE4002S1T2B6
Controller GE-FANUC RX3i
- suitable I/O card IC694MDL754
Controller MITSUBISHI MELSEC L
- suitable I/O card LY41PT1P
LY42PT1P
Certificates / Approvals
Certification cULus Listed, cULus Recognized, GOST, GL
Certifications applied for:
Certification Ex:
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 1 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
PLC-INTERFACE, consisting of PLC-BPT.../21 basic terminal block with push-in technology and plug-in miniature relay with power contact, for mounting on NS 35/7,5 DIN rails, 1 PDT, input voltage: 24 V DC Why buy this product
■ Slim design
■ Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter ■ RT III sealed relay
■ Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact ■ Integrated input circuit and interference suppression circuit ■ Functional plug-in bridges
Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 1 STK
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 31.27 g
Custom tariff number 85364100
Country of origin Germany
Technical data
Note
Utilization restriction EMC: class A product, see manufacturer's declaration in the download area
Dimensions
Width 6.2 mm
Height 80 mm
Depth 94 mm
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (operation) -40 °C ... 60 °C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -40 °C ... 85 °C
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 2 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Technical data
Coil side
Nominal input voltage UN 24 V DC
Typical input current at UN 9 mA
Typical response time 5 ms
Typical release time 8 ms
Protective circuit Reverse polarity protection Polarity protection diode Free-wheeling diode Damping diode
Operating voltage display yes
Power dissipation for nominal condition 0.22 W
Contact side
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material AgSnO
Maximum switching voltage
250 V AC/DC (The separating plate PLC-ATP should be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8- PLC... or ...FBST 500...)
Minimum switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V)
Maximum inrush current 10 A (4 s)
Limiting continuous current 6 A
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 140 W (at 24 V DC) 20 W (at 48 V DC)
18 W (at 60 V DC)
23 W (at 110 V DC)
40 W (at 220 V DC)
1500 VA (for 250 V AC)
Switching capacity in acc. with DIN VDE 0660/IEC 60947 2 A (at 24 V, DC13)
0.2 A (at 110 V, DC13)
0.1 A (at 220 V, DC13)
3 A (at 24 V, AC15)
3 A (at 120 V, AC15)
3 A (at 230 V, AC15)
Connection data input side
Connection name Coil side
Connection method Push-in connection
Stripping length 8 mm
Conductor cross section solid 0.14 mm² ... 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section flexible 0.14 mm² ... 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG 26 ... 14
Connection data output side
Connection name Contact side
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 3 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Technical data
Connection data output side
Connection method Push-in connection
Stripping length 8 mm
Conductor cross section solid 0.14 mm² ... 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section flexible 0.14 mm² ... 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG 26 ... 14
General
Test voltage relay winding/relay contact 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Operating mode 100% operating factor
Degree of protection RT III (Relay)
Mechanical service life 2 x 107
cycles
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V0
Designation Standards/regulations
Standards/regulations IEC 60664
IEC 60664A
DIN VDE 0110
DIN EN 50178/DIN VDE 0160 (in relevant parts)
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts)
Degree of pollution 3
Overvoltage category III
Mounting position any
Assembly instructions In rows with zero spacing
Standards and Regulations
Connection in acc. with standard CUL
Designation Standards/regulations
Standards/regulations IEC 60664
IEC 60664A
DIN VDE 0110
DIN EN 50178/DIN VDE 0160 (in relevant parts)
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts)
Degree of pollution 3
Overvoltage category III
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V0
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 4 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Articles in set
Relay socket - PLC-BPT- 24DC/21 - 2900445
6.2 mm PLC basic terminal block with push-in connection, without relay or solid-state relay, for mounting on DIN rail NS 35/7,5, 1 PDT, input voltage 24 V DC
Single relay - REL-MR- 24DC/21 - 2961105
Plug-in miniature power relay, with power contact, 1 PDT, input voltage 24 V DC Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 4.0 27371001
eCl@ss 4.1 27371001
eCl@ss 5.0 27371001
eCl@ss 5.1 27371001
eCl@ss 6.0 27371001
eCl@ss 7.0 27371001
eCl@ss 8.0 27371601
eCl@ss 9.0 27371601
ETIM
ETIM 3.0 EC000196
ETIM 4.0 EC000196
ETIM 5.0 EC001437
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 6.01 30211916
UNSPSC 7.0901 39121515
UNSPSC 11 39121515
UNSPSC 12.01 39121515
UNSPSC 13.2 39121515
Approvals
Approvals
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 5 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Approvals
Approvals
UL Recognized / UL Listed / cUL Recognized / cUL Listed / GL / EAC / RC FRT / EAC / cULus Recognized / cULus Listed Ex Approvals
Approvals submitted
Approval details
UL Recognized
UL Listed
cUL Recognized
cUL Listed
GL
EAC
RC FRT
EAC
cULus Recognized
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 6 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Approvals
cULus Listed
Phoenix Contact 2016 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
Rockwell Automation Publication 1769-TD006C-EN-P - March 2012 11 1769 Compact I/O Modules Specifications
1769-IF4
Compact voltage/current analog input module
+
–
V in 0 +
V/I in 0 -
I in 0+
ANLG Com
V in 1 + V/I in 1 - I in 1+ ANLG Com
V in 2 + V/I in 2 - I in 2+
ANLG Com
V in 3 +
V/I in 3 -
I in 3+
ANLG Com
DC NEUT +24V DC
+
-
1769-IF4 Differential Inputs
+
V in 0 +
V/I in 0 -
I in 0 +
ANLG Com
V in 1 +
V/I in 1 -
I in 1 +
ANLG Com
V in 2 +
V/I in 2 -
I in 2 +
ANLG Com
V in 3 +
V/I in 3 -
I in 3 +
ANLG Com
+24V DC
DC NEUT
+
+
+
-
+
-
1769-IF4 Single-ended Sensor/Transmitter Inputs
1769-IF4 Mixed Transmitter Inputs
+
V in 0 +
V/I in 0 -
I in 0 +
ANLG Com
V in 1 +
V/I in 1 -
I in 1 +
ANLG Com
V in 2 +
V/I in 2 -
I in 2 +
ANLG Com
V in 3 +
V/I in 3 -
I in 3 +
ANLG Com
+24V DC
DC NEUT
+
+
+
+
+
+
–
–
–
–
–
–
+
–
The external power supply must be rated Class 2, with a 24V DC range of
20.4…26.4V DC and 60 mA minimum. Series B and later modules support this option.
External 24V DC
Power Supply
External 24V DC
Power Supply
External 24V DC
Power Supply
Analog Source
Belden 8761 Cable (or equivalent)
Earth ground the shield
locally at the module.
Sensor/
Transmitter
Supply
Current
Voltage
Voltage
Sensor/
Transmitter
Supply
Single-ended
Voltage
Differential
Voltage
Differential
Current
Two-wire
Current
Signal
Signal
Ground
Signal Ground
Signal
Signal
Signal
Signal
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 1769-TD006C-EN-P - March 2012 1769 Compact I/O Modules Specifications
Table 6 - Technical Specifications - 1769-IF4
Attribute 1769-IF4
Inputs 4 differential or single-ended
Input range ±10V
0…10V
0…5V
1…5V
0…20 mA
4…20 mA
Full scale range(1) ±10.5V
-0.5…10.5V
-0.5…5.25V
0.5…5.25V
0…21 mA
3.2…21 mA
Current draw @ 5.1V 120 mA
Current draw @ 24V 60 mA
Heat dissipation, max 2.52 W
Converter type Delta Sigma
Resolution (2) 14 bits (unipolar)
14 bits plus sign (bipolar)
Rated working voltage(3) 30V AC/30V DC
Common mode voltage range(4) ±10V DC max per channel
Common mode rejection > 60 dB @ 50 and 60 Hz with the 50 or 60 Hz filter selected, respectively Normal mode rejection ratio -50 dB @ 50 and 60 Hz with the 50 or 60 Hz filter selected, respectively Input impedance Voltage: 220 kΩ
Current: 250 Ω
Accuracy(5) Voltage: ±0.2% full scale @ 25 °C (77 °F)
Current: ±0.35% full scale @ 25 °C (77 °F)
Accuracy drift with temperature Voltage: ±0.003% per °C Current: ±0.0045% per °C
Nonlinearity ±0.03%
Repeatability(6) ±0.03%
Module error Voltage: ±0.3%
Current: ±0.5%
Overload at input terminals, max(7) Voltage: ±30V DC continuous, 0.1 mA Current: ±32 mA continuous, ±7.6V DC
Isolation voltage 500V AC or 710V DC for 1 minute (qualification test), group to bus 30V AC/30V DC working voltage (IEC Class 2 reinforced insulation) Weight, approx 300 g (0.65 lb)
Dimensions (HxWxD), approx 118 x 35 x 87 mm (4.65 x 1.38 x 3.43 in.) Height with mounting tabs 138 mm (5.43 in.)
Slot width 1
Module location DIN rail or panel mount
Power supply 1769-PA2, 1769-PB2, 1769-PA4, 1769-PB4
Optional 24V DC Class 2 power supply voltage range(8) 20.4…26.4V DC Power supply distance rating 8 modules
Rockwell Automation Publication 1769-TD006C-EN-P - March 2012 13 1769 Compact I/O Modules Specifications
Terminal screw torque 0.68 Nm (6 lbin)
Retaining screw torque 0.46 Nm (4.1 lbin)
Wire size (22…14 AWG) solid
(22…16 AWG) stranded
Wire type Cu-90 °C (194 °F)
Replacement terminal block 1769-RTBN18 (1 per kit)
Replacement door label 1769-RL2 series B (2 per kit)
Replacement door 1769-RD (2 per kit)
Vendor ID code 1
Product type code 10
Product code 35
Enclosure type rating None (open-style)
(1) The over- or under-range flag will come on when the normal operating range (over/under) is exceeded. The module will continue to convert the analog input up to the maximum full scale range. The flag automatically resets when within the normal operating range. (2) Resolution is dependent upon your filter selection. The maximum resolution is achieved with either the 50 or 60 Hz filter selected. (3) Rated working voltage is the maximum continuous voltage that can be applied at the input terminal, including the input signal and the value that floats above ground potential (for example, 10V DC input signal and 20V DC potential above ground).
(4) For proper operation, both the plus and minus input terminals must be within ±10V DC of analog common. (5) Includes offset, gain, nonlinearity, and repeatability error terms. (6) Repeatability is the ability of the input module to register the same reading in successive measurements for the same input signal. (7) Damage may occur to the input circuit if this value is exceeded. (8) If the optional 24V DC Class 2 power supply is used, the 24V DC current draw from the bus is 0 mA.
Table 7 - Response Speed - 1769-IF4
Filter Frequency Cut-off Frequency Step Response Channel Update 50 Hz 13.1 Hz 60 ms 22 ms
60 Hz 15.7 Hz 50 ms 19 ms
250 Hz 65.5 Hz 12 ms 6 ms
500 Hz 131 Hz 6 ms 4 ms
Table 8 - Certifications - 1769-IF4
Certification(1)
(1) When marked. See the Product Certification link at http://www.ab.com for Declarations of Conformity, Certificates, and other certification details. 1769-IF4
c-UL C-UL certified (under CSA C22.2 No. 142)
UL 508 listed
Class I, Division 2 Group A,B,C,D Hazardous Locations (UL 1604, C-UL under CSA C22.2 No. 213) CE CE compliant for all applicable directives
C-Tick AustralianRadiocommunications Act, compliant with:
• AS/NZS cispr 11; Industrial Enclosure
Table 6 - Technical Specifications - 1769-IF4
Attribute 1769-IF4
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 1 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 20-Mar-2012
Extract from the online
catalog
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK
Order No.: 2296391
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2296391 Round cable set, with 20-position socket strips, 1:1 connection, can be used, for example, for MODICON TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum, no. of positions: 20, cable length 0.5 m
Commercial data
EAN
4 017918 569235
Pack 1 pcs.
Customs tariff 85444190
Catalog page information Page 284 (IF-2011)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
May/02/2005
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation at http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com.
The General Terms and Conditions
of Use apply to Internet downloads.
Technical data
General
Nominal voltage UN < 50 V AC
60 V DC
Max. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 Ω/m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20 °C ... 50 °C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20 °C ... 70 °C
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK Order No.: 2296391
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2296391 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 2 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 20-Mar-2012
Plug connector, control side IDC/FLK socket strip (2.54 mm) Plug connector, module side IDC/FLK socket strip (2.54 mm) Fixed cable length 0.5 m
Single wire, cross section 0.14 mm²
AWG 26
Conductor construction: Number of litz wires: 7
Single wire, material Cu tin-plated
External diameter 7.6 mm
Cable, preassembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Shielding no
Certificates
Certification GOST
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 1 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 20-Mar-2012
Extract from the online
catalog
FLKM 20
Order No.: 2281047
The illustration shows a 40-position version
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2281047 VARIOFACE module, with screw connection and flat-ribbon cable plug connector, for mounting on NS 32 or NS 35/7.5, with pin strip and short and long locking latches for socket strips, 20-pos.
Commercial data
EAN
4 017918 054496
Pack 1 pcs.
Customs tariff 85369010
Catalog page information Page 242 (IF-2007)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
Mar/31/2006
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation at http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com.
The General Terms and Conditions
of Use apply to Internet downloads.
Technical data
General data
Nominal voltage UN < 50 V AC
60 V DC
Max. current carrying capacity per branch 1 A
Number of positions 20
Width 56.3 mm
Height 77 mm
FLKM 20 Order No.: 2281047
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2281047 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 2 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 20-Mar-2012
Depth 58.5 mm
Status display No
Ambient temperature (operation) -20 °C ... 50 °C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20 °C ... 70 °C Test voltage 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664
DIN EN 50178
IEC 62103
Pollution degree 2
Surge voltage category II
Connection data for connection 1
Connection name PCB connection
Connection in acc. with standard IEC / EN
Connection method Screw connection
Conductor cross section solid min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section solid max. 4 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded max. 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil min. 24
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil max 12
Stripping length 8 mm
Screw thread M3
Certificates
Certification CUL, GOST, UL
CompactLogix, Integrated Architecture, Kinetix, RSLogix, Integrated Motion on EtherNet/IP are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, inc.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.
Publication 1769-PP010A-EN-E – November 2011 Copyright © 2011 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Printed in USA.
CompactLogix 5370 L3 Controller Product Speci cations
1769-L30ER 1769-L30ERM 1769-L30ER-NSE 1769-L33ER 1769-L33ERM 1769-L36ERM User memory 1 MB 1 MB 1 MB 2 MB 2 MB 3 MB
Controller tasks 32 32 32 32 32 32
Programs per task 100 100 100 100 100 100
Integrated Motion -- 4 axis CIP motion
position loop axis
-- -- 8 axis CIP motion
position loop axis
16 axis CIP motion
position loop axis
Package Size 55mm wide x 118mm high x 105mm deep
Certi cations cULH (Class I Division 2), KCC / UL (UL 508), ULH (Class I & II, Division 2 and Class III, Divisions 1 & 2) / ATEX, CE, C-Tick / Marine and GOST certi! cations in 2012 Local Expansion Modules 8 8 8 16 16 30
Local Expansion I/O Points (Max) 256 256 256 512 512 960 Communication Module Additions DeviceNet with 1769-SDN or 3rd party Flash Memory Card Industrially rated and certi! ed Secure Digital (SD) memory card (1 and 2 GB options); all controllers shipped with 1 GB card Servo Drives (Position Loop CIP) -- 4 -- -- 8 16
Ethernet I/O IP nodes 16 16 16 32 32 48
Virtual axes 100 100 100 100 100 100
Feedback only, torque, velocity, Vhz
(max CIP motion drives) -- 16 -- -- 32 48
Axes/ms -- 2 -- -- 2 2
Kinematics support -- yes -- -- yes yes
Software / Firmware RSLogix 5000 V20 and RSLinx Classic V2.59 Firmware v20.1x or later
Catalogs > Automation Systems Catalog > Programmable Controllers > CompactLogix System > Power Supplies
POWER SUPPLIES
Introduction Environmentals and Certifications 1769 I/O Power Supplies 1768 Power Supplies 1769 I/O Power Supplies
Each 1769-L3x controller and additional bank of I/O modules requires a 1769 power supply. Place 1769 I/O modules to the left or the right of the 1769 power supply. As many as eight I/O modules can be placed on each side of the power supply.
Each 1769 module also has a power supply distance rating (the number of modules from the power supply).
Each module must be located within its distance rating. See the specifications for the module to determine its distance rating.
Specifications [PDF]
Cat.
No.
Description Input Voltage Range Power Supply
Output
1769-PA2 Compact 120/220V AC Expansion Power
Supply
85…265V AC 2 A at 5V DC
1 A at 24V DC
1769-PB2 Compact 24V DC Expansion Power Supply 19.2…31.2V DC 1769-PA4 Compact 120/220V AC Expansion Power
Supply
85…132V AC or 170…265V AC, switch
selectable
4 A at 5V DC
2 A at 24V DC
1769-PB4 Compact 24V DC Expansion Power Supply 19.2…31.2V DC
Certifications: c-UL-us (Class I, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D), CE, C-Tick See the Product Certifications link at http://ab.com for Declarations of Conformity, Certifications, and other certifications details.
Copyright © 2012 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Automation Systems - Power Supplies Page 1 of 1
http://www.ab.com/en/epub/catalogs/12762/2181376/2416247/407648/10662305/1769-I-... 19/03/2012 Page 960 of 1513
(762) [30.00]
(799) [31.46]
(296) [11.65]
(711) [28.00] BANK *C BANK *B BANK *A (2112) [83.13] (200) [7.87] (1827) [71.93] (324) [12.77]
(52) [2.06]
NC 06370 DI9.3+ NC 05370 DI9.2+ NC 04370 DI9.1+
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
0VDC
0VDC
0VDC
03500
03520
368 [14.50]660 [26.00]
1 2
3 4 356 [14.00]
737 [29.00]
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
0VDC
0VDC
0VDC
03500
03520
318 [12.50]
457 [18.00]
229 [9.00]
128 [5.04]
22 [0.88] 1054 [41.50] 34 [1.34]
34 [1.34]
50 [1.97]50 [1.97]
37 [1.45] 90 [3.54]
90 [3.54] 37 [1.44]
NC 04370 DI9.1 NC 05370 DI9.2 NC 04370 DI9.1+ NC 06370 DI9.3+ NC 05370 DI9.2+ 72 [2.82] 72 [2.82] NC 06370 DI9.3+ NC 05370 DI9.2+
NC 06370 DI9.3+ NC 05370 DI9.2+
50 [1.97]
34 [1.35]37 [1.45]
72 [2.82]
NC 04370 DI9.1+
NC 04370 DI9.1+ 1424 [56.06]
368 [14.50]356 [14.00]330 [13.00]
112 [4.40]
145 [5.72] DI0.1+ 04370 DI1.1+ DI1.1+ SPARE 0VDC SPARE 0VDC 0VDC 0VDC DI0.2+ 05370 DI0.3+ 06370 AI2.3 06370 AI2.1 04370 AI2.2 05370 COM COM RS+IN RS-IN RS+OUT RS-OUT 06540 SPARE 05540 SPARE 04540 SPARE 97 [3.81] 34 [1.34] 168 [6.62]
DO3.1 0VDC DI9.1+ 0VDC A1 B1 COM1 RS+ RS- RS+ RS- COM COM 03500 0VDC 03070 0VDC DI0.1+ DI0.1- DI1.1+ DI1.1- 03520 0VDC 03070 0VDC DI1.2+ 0VDC 04370 0VDC 04370 0VDC 04370 0VDC AI2.1 D01.1CR D02.1CR 24VDC 24VDC DO0.1 0VDC 8(+) 1(-)
(A1)
(A2)
21 11 6 43
14 524 03070 0VDC 03050 0VDC 03052 0VDC 03050 0VDCDO0.2CR DO0.3CR DO0.1CR 24VDC 24VDC DO0.2 0VDC DO0.1 0VDC DO0.3 0VDC DO0FR1 0VDC DO0FR1 0VDC 24VDC 24VDC DI0.1+ 0VDC BIP.1CR MOUNT SWITCH IN LINE WITH DISCONNECT HANDLE 229 [9.00] 40 [1.57]
533 [21.00]
139 [5.47]
185 [7.29] DO3.1 0VDC DI9.1+ 0VDC A1 B1 COM1 RS+ RS- RS+ RS- COM COM 03500 0VDC 03070 0VDC DI0.1+ DI0.1- DI1.1+ DI1.1- 03520 0VDC 03070 0VDC DI1.2+ 0VDC 04370 0VDC 04370 0VDC 04370 0VDC AI2.1 D01.1CR D02.1CR 24VDC 24VDC DO0.1 0VDC 8(+) 1(-)
(A1)
(A2)
21 11 6 43
14 524 03070 0VDC 03050 0VDC 03052 0VDC 03050 0VDCDO0.2CR DO0.3CR DO0.1CR 24VDC 24VDC DO0.2 0VDC DO0.1 0VDC DO0.3 0VDC DO0FR1 0VDC DO0FR1 0VDC 24VDC 24VDC DI0.1+ 0VDC BIP.1CR 563 [22.17]
DO3.2 0VDC DI9.2+ 0VDC A1 B1 COM1 RS+ RS- COM COM 03500 0VDC 03070 0VDC DI0.2+ DI0.2- DI1.2+ DI1.2- 03520 0VDC 03070 0VDC DI1.3+ 0VDC 05370 0VDC 05370 0VDC 05370 0VDC AI2.2 D01.2CR D02.2CR 24VDC 24VDC DO0.2 0VDC 03520 0VDC 03500 0VDC RS+ RS- DI0.2+ 0VDC MOUNT SWITCH IN LINE WITH DISCONNECT HANDLE 229 [9.00] BIP.2CR 185 [7.28] 247 [9.72] DO3.2 0VDC DI9.2+ 0VDC A1 B1 COM1 RS+ RS- COM COM 03500 0VDC 03070 0VDC DI0.2+ DI0.2- DI1.2+ DI1.2- 03520 0VDC 03070 0VDC DI1.3+ 0VDC 05370 0VDC 05370 0VDC 05370 0VDC AI2.2 D01.2CR D02.2CR 24VDC 24VDC DO0.2 0VDC 03520 0VDC 03500 0VDC RS+ RS- DI0.2+ 0VDC BIP.2CR 241 [9.50]
MOUNT SWITCH IN LINE WITH DISCONNECT HANDLE DO3.3 0VDC DI9.3+ 0VDC A1 B1 COM1 RS+ RS- COM COM 03500 0VDC 03070 0VDC DI0.3+ DI0.3- DI1.3+ DI1.3- 03520 0VDC 06370 0VDC 06370 0VDC 06370 0VDC AI2.3 D01.3CR D02.3CR 24VDC 24VDC DO0.3 0VDC 03520 0VDC 03500 0VDC DI0.3+ 0VDC RS+ RS- BIP.3CR 229 [9.00] 185 [7.30]
241 [9.50] DO3.3 0VDC DI9.3+ 0VDC A1 B1 COM1 RS+ RS- COM COM 03500 0VDC 03070 0VDC DI0.3+ DI0.3- DI1.3+ DI1.3- 03520 0VDC 06370 0VDC 06370 0VDC 06370 0VDC AI2.3 D01.3CR D02.3CR 24VDC 24VDC DO0.3 0VDC 03520 0VDC 03500 0VDC DI0.3+ 0VDC RS+ RS- BIP.3CR 247 [9.72]
SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 1 CHART (THIS CHART HAS ALL PART NUMBERS USED FOR EACH PDC)
Accessories Condensation Management
1 Thermal Management Spec-00542 K SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE nVent.com/HOFFMAN H2OMIT VENT DRAINS
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
Maintains UL/cUL Type 4, 4X rating when properly installed on a UL/ cUL Type 4 or 4X enclosure.
UL 508A Listed; Type 4, 4X; File No. E61997
cUL Listed per CSA C22.2 No 94; Type 4, 4X; File No. E61997 NEMA/EEMAC Type 4, 4X
IEC 60529, IP66
APPLICATION
H2OMIT Vent Drains allow accumulated water to drain out the bottom of an enclosure. The UL-approved vent drains also function as an air pressure equalizer, reducing the harmful effects of temperature-induced vacuums that could pull water and moisture into the enclosure.
FEATURES
• Uses gravity to remove collected liquids
• One-way mechanical shut-off when pressure is equalized prevents water and contaminants from entering the enclosure • Helps reduce corrosion that can limit the life of internal electrical and electronic components
• Installs in a 7/8-in. hole in the bottom of enclosure with provided nut or in a 1/2-in. NPT/NPS threaded conduit hub
• Installs in the bottom of mild steel, aluminum, stainless steel or non-metallic enclosures
• Maintains enclosure’s UL Type rating when properly installed
SPECIFICATIONS
Stainless Steel Vent Drain
• Corrosion-resistant polyester material with a Type 304 stainless steel sleeve
• 2.00-in. long x 1.38-in outside diameter
Non-Metallic Drain Vent
• Corrosion-resistant polyester material
• 2.00-in. long x 1.25-in. outside diameter
Performance Data H2OMIT Vent Drains
CATALOG NUMBERS
AVDR4NM AVDR4SS4
UNIT CONSTRUCTION
Description Non-metallic Vent Drain Stainless Steel Vent Drain D (in./mm) 1.25/32 1.38/35
Quantity 1 1
Accessories Condensation Management
nVent.com/HOFFMAN PH 763.422.2211 Spec-00542 K Thermal Management 2
PP
PP
LQ137136
'
+20,79HQW'UDLQV
Accessories Condensation Management
3 Thermal Management Spec-00542 K SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE nVent.com/HOFFMAN H2OMIT THERMOELECTRIC DEHUMIDIFIER
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
UL 508A Listed; File No. E61997
cUL Listed per C22.2 No. 14; File No. E61997
CE
APPLICATION
The H2OMIT Thermoelectric Dehumidifier removes moisture from the air within an enclosure, providing an inexpensive yet highly effective way to protect electronic and electrical components from condensation.
FEATURES
• Reduces corrosion that can limit the life of internal electrical and electronic components
• Condenses moisture from internal enclosure air and standing liquids
• Built-in drain provision with plastic hose directs collected moisture to the Vent Drain (sold separately)
• Rotating side air vents direct recirculating air away from critical controls
• Mounts via DIN rail on internal panel or mounts directly onto the inside bottom of enclosure above the Vent Drain (sold separately) • Can be used in mild steel, aluminum, stainless steel and nonmetallic enclosures
SPECIFICATIONS
• High-impact ABS shell
• Operates on 24-Volt DC power
• 4.5 A max. (84 W)
• Runs continuously above 32 Fa (power supply not included) • Removes 8 oz. of moisture in 24 hours
• Compact 6.00-in. x 5.50-in. x 5.75-in. design
• One Thermoelectric Dehumidifier includes:
- Four feet of plastic hose
- Two hose retainers
- One double-ended hose retainer
- Six inches of Velcro®
- Seven-inch strip of DIN rail
- Two mounting screws
Must be used with UL-certified drain to remove pooled liquid from enclosure.
aIf continual operation is not desired, a Mechanical Hygrostat (AMHUM) can be wired to the thermoelectric dehumidifier and then set to turn the dehumidifier on at the desired relative humidity.
VELCRO is a trademark of Velcro Industries B.V.
Accessories Condensation Management
nVent.com/HOFFMAN PH 763.422.2211 Spec-00542 K Thermal Management 4 Performance Data H2OMIT Thermoelectric Dehumidifier
CATALOG NUMBERS
H2OMITTER
Dew Point Temperature : Percent Relative Humidity
Temp. (° F) 100% 95% 90% 85% 80% 75% 70% 65% 60% 55% 50% 45% 40% 35% 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 110 110 108 106 104 102 100 98 95 93 90 87 84 80 76 72 65 60 51 41 105 105 103 101 99 97 95 93 91 88 85 83 80 76 72 67 62 55 47 37 100 100 99 97 95 93 91 89 86 84 81 78 75 71 67 63 58 52 44 32 95 95 96 92 90 88 86 87 81 79 76 73 70 67 63 59 54 48 40 32 90 90 88 87 85 83 81 79 79 74 71 68 65 62 59 54 49 43 36 32 85 85 83 81 80 78 76 74 71 69 67 64 61 58 54 50 45 38 32 — 80 80 78 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 62 59 56 53 50 45 40 35 32 — 75 75 73 72 70 68 66 64 62 60 58 55 52 49 45 41 36 32 — — 70 70 68 67 65 63 61 59 58 55 53 50 47 44 40 37 32 — —
65 65 63 62 60 59 57 55 53 50 48 45 42 40 36 62 — — — — 60 60 58 57 55 53 52 50 48 45 43 41 38 35 32 — — — — —
55 55 53 52 50 49 47 45 43 40 38 36 33 32 — — — — — —
50 50 48 46 45 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 — — — — — — — —
45 45 43 42 40 39 37 35 34 32 — — — — — — — — — —
40 40 39 37 35 34 32 — — — — — — — — — — — — —
35 35 34 32 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
32 32 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Definition: Dew Point is the temperature at which condensation forms. If the temperature of the enclosure is 85 F and the relative humidity is 80 percent, Dew Point is reached at a temperature of 78 F or below.
This means that moisture vapor will condense on any surface that is below the Dew Point temperature of 78 F.
VHB‰ Acrylic Foam Tape 4930
Product Data Sheet
Updated : Sept 2002
Supersedes : November 2001
Product Description VHB Joining Systems utilise
firm acrylic adhesives which
have excellent long term
holding power. The peel
adhesion and tensile
holding power
of products in the VHB
family are significantly
higher then typical pressure
sensitive tape products.
Resistance to solvents,
temperature extremes, and
U. V. Light make VHB
products suitable for many
interior and exterior
applications.
Physical Properties
Not for specification purposes
Adhesive Type
Thickness (ASTM D-3652)
Tape
Liner
Total
0.64 mm
0.08 mm
0.72 mm
Foam Density 800 kg/m³
Adhesive Carrier Acrylic Foam (Closed Cell)
Release Liner Printed Paper
White printed Red 3M VHB‰
Tape Colour White
Shelf Life 24 months from date of despatch by 3M when stored in the original carton at 20°C & 50 % Relative Humidity
Performance
Characteristics
Not for specification purposes
Peel Adhesion to
Stainless Steel
90° peel @ room temp, 72 hr dwell,
jaw speed 300mm/min
35 N/10mm
Static Shear Strength
weight held for 10,000 mins to stainless steel with
½ sq in (3.23 sq cm) overlap
1500 g @ 20°C
500 g @ 65°C
500 g @ 90°C
Temperature
Performance
Max (minutes/hours)
Max Continuous
(days/weeks)
150 °C
90 °C
Normal Tensile (T-Block)
to Aluminium at room temp,
6.45 sq cm, jaw speed 50 mm/min
1100 kPa
Solvent Resistance No apparent degradation when exposed to splash testing of most solvents including gasoline, JP-4 jet fuel, mineral spirits, motor oil, ammonia cleaner, acetone,
methyl ethyl ketone. 20 seconds air dry.
UV Light Resistance Excellent
2 Date : Sept 2002
VHB‘ Acrylic Foam Tape
4930
Additional Product
Information
Bond strength is dependent
upon the amount of
adhesive-to-surface contact
developed. Firm application
pressure develops better
adhesive contact and thus
improving bond strength.
To obtain optimum
adhesion, the bonding
surfaces must be clean, dry
and well unified. Typical
surface cleaning solvents
are isopropyl alcohol/water
mixture (rubbing alcohol) or
heptane. Use proper safety
precautions for handling
solvents.
It may be necessary to seal
or prime some substrates
prior to bonding.
a. Most porous or fibred
materials (e.g. wood) will
require sealing to provide a
unified surface.
b. Some materials (e.g.
copper, brass, plasticised
vinyl) will require priming or
coating to prevent
interaction between
adhesive and substrates.
Ideal tape application
temperature range is 20 to
40°C. Initial tape
application to surfaces at
temperatures below 10°C is
not recommended because
the adhesive becomes too
firm to adhere readily.
However, once properly
applied, low temperature
holding is generally
satisfactory.
In some cases bond
strength can be increased
and ultimate bond strength
can be achieved more
quickly by exposure of the
bond to elevated
temperatures (e.g. 65°C) for
one hour. This provides
better adhesive wetout on to
the substrates.
CAUTION
The following situations
must be evaluated
thoroughly to determine
whether VHB products are
suitable for the intended
use.
1. Applications of 4930
which require performance
at severe cold temperatures
must be thoroughly
evaluated, if the expected
use will subject the VHB
Joining System fastener to
high impact stresses. For
cold temperature
applications from 0 to 10°C
use 4943.
3 Date : Sept 2002
VHB‘ Acrylic Foam Tape
4930
Applications VHB Joining Systems are
suited for use in many
interior and exterior
industrial applications. In
many situations, they can
replace rivets, spot welds,
liquid adhesives, and other
permanent fasteners. Each
product in the VHB family
has specific strengths.
These can include high
tensile, shear and peel
adhesion and resistance to
solvents, moisture and
plasticiser migration. All
VHB tapes should be
thoroughly evaluated by the
user under actual use
conditions with intended
substrates, especially if
expected use involved
extreme environmental
conditions.
VHB Joining Systems are
suitable for bonding a
variety of substrates,
including sealed wood,
many plastics, composites
and metals. Plastics which
can be a problem are
polyethylene, polypropylene,
PTFE, silicones and other
low surface energy
materials.
Plasticised vinyl bonding is
dependent upon the types
and concentrations of
plasticisers which can
migrate into the adhesives
causing a reduction in bond
strength; 4945 is most
resistant to plasticiser
migration.
Galvanised surfaces are
potential problems and
should be carefully
evaluated.
To prevent corrosion on
copper and brass, only
lacquer coated material
should be used with VHB
Joining Systems.
Thorough evaluations are
recommended when
bonding is required to any
questionable surface.
3M and VHB are trademarks of the 3M Company.
Values presented have been determined by standard test methods and are average values not to be used for specification purposes.
Our recommendations on the use of our products are based on tests believed to be reliable but we would ask that you conduct your own tests to determine their suitability for your applications.
This is because 3M cannot accept any responsibility or liability direct or consequential for loss or damage caused as a result of our recommendations.
Tapes & Adhesives ” 3M United Kingdom PLC 1996
3M United Kingdom PLC
3M House,
28 Great Jackson Street,
Manchester,
M15 4PA
Product Information :
Tel 0870 60 800 50
Fax 0870 60 700 99
3M Ireland
3M House, Adelphi Centre,
Upper Georges Street,
Dun Laoghaire,Co. Dublin,
Ireland
Customer Service :
Tel (01) 280 3555
Fax (01) 280 3509
Subject to change without notice PH (763) 422-2211 • FX (763) 422-2600 • hoffmanonline.com © 2009 Hoffman Enclosures Inc. 1 Thermal Management: Accessories
Controllers
Spec-00583 B
Spec-00583 BPH (763) 422-2211 FX (763) 422-2600
Thermal Management
Accessories
Controllers
Electronic Hygrotherm
Industry Standards
CE
cURus; File No. E164102
Application
The Electronic Hygrotherm senses ambient temperature and relative air humidity and adjusts a connected device to maintain temperature and humidity set points.
Features
• Temperature (32-140 F) and humidity (50%-90% RH) adjustment • High switching capacity
• Optical function displays (LED) in each control
• Long service life (100,000 cycles NO) (50,000 cycles, NC) • Mounting clip for 35-mm DIN rail
• Change-over contact (relay)
• Connection: 5-pole terminal for AWG 14 max (2.5-mm square) • Plastic housing UL94V-0
• Vertical mounting
• Maximum switching capacity:
- 120 VAC 8A (Resistive Load)
- 240 VAC 8A (Resistive Load)
- 120 VAC 3A (Inductive Load)
- 240 VAC 3A (Inductive Load)
- 24 VDC 4A
Finish
Light-gray plastic UL94V-0
Bulletin: D85
Standard Product
Catalog Number AxBxC in. AxBxC mm Hysteresis
Humidity Set Point
(adjustable)
Temperature
Set Point
(adjustable) (°F)
Operating Temperature
Range (°C) Storage Temperature (°F) Storage Temperature (°C) ATEMHUM 3.03 x 2.36 x 1.69 77 x 60 x 43 ~ 3.6 F (2K) ± 1.8 F (1K) tolerance 50-90% RH 32 to 140 0 to 60 -4 to 176 -20 to 80 Relay Output
Contacts Close at... Open at... Use for
3 and 5 humidity rise or temperature drop humidity drop or temperature rise heaters, dehumidifiers, low-temp alarms 4 and 5 humidity drop or temperature rise humidity rise or temperature drop cooling, humidifiers, high-temp alarms
2 Subject to change without notice PH (763) 422-2211 • FX (763) 422-2600 • hoffmanonline.com © 2009 Hoffman Enclosures Inc.
Thermal Management: Accessories
Controllers
Spec-00583 B
Mechanical Hygrostat
Industry Standards
CE
Application
The Mechanical Hygrostat controls relative air humidity inside an enclosure to prevent condensation and corrosion that can damage components. It can also be connected to an enclosure heater, cooling fans, warning lights or other devices.
The critical relative humidity (RH) level for most components is 65 percent. Above 65 percent RH, condensation can form and cause electronic equipment to malfunction.
Features
• Adjustable relative humidity range
• High switching capacity
• Long service life (>100,000 cycles)
• Maximum permissible air velocity of 50 ft./sec. (15 m/s) • Maximum switching voltage = 250 VAC
250 V should be switched only in a non-condensing
environment
• Change-over contact
• Mounting clip for 35-mm DIN rail
• Connection: 3-pole terminal for AWG 14 max. (2.5-mm squared) • Contact resistance less than 10 mΩ
Finish
Light-gray plastic, UL94V-0
Bulletin: D85
Standard Product
Catalog Number AxBxC in. AxBxC mm
Switching
Capacity
(Minimum)
Switching
Capacity
(Maximum)
Operating
Temperature
Adjustable) (°F)
Operating
Temperature
(Adjustable) (°C)
Storage
Temperature (°F)
Storage
Temperature (°C) Setting Range
AMHUM 2.64 x 1.97 x 1.50 67 x 50 x 38 100mA @ AC/DC 20 V 5A @ AC 250 V (resistive load)
0.2A @ AC 250 V (inductive load
at cos O = 0.8)
DC 20W
32 to 140 0 to 60 -4 to 176 -20 to 80 35 to 95% RH
Subject to change without notice PH (763) 422-2211 • FX (763) 422-2600 • hoffmanonline.com © 2009 Hoffman Enclosures Inc. 3 Thermal Management: Accessories
Controllers
Spec-00583 B
Dual Thermostat
Industry Standards
CE
CSA File No. 215952
cURus; File No. E164102
Application
Two thermostats in one, the Dual Thermostat independently controls equipment heating and cooling systems.
Features
• Two thermostats; one normally closed (NC), red, and one normally open (NO), blue, in one casing
• Wide adjustable temperature range (32 -140 F)
• Thermostatic bimetallic sensor element
• Connection: 4-pole terminal for AWG 14 max (2.5 mm 2
)
• Mounting clip for 35-mm DIN rail
Finish
Light-gray plastic, UL94V-0
Bulletin: D85
Standard Product
Catalog Number AxBxC in. AxBxC mm
Switching Capacity
(Normally Closed)
Switching Capacity
(Normally Open)
Setting Range
(Normally Closed)
Setting Range
(Normally Open)
ADLTEMP 2.64 x 1.97 x 1.81 67 x 50 x 46 10 A resistive/2 A inductive @250 VAC,
DC 30 W
5 A resistive/2 A
inductive @250 VAC,
DC 30 W
32-140 F 32-140 F
4 Subject to change without notice PH (763) 422-2211 • FX (763) 422-2600 • hoffmanonline.com © 2009 Hoffman Enclosures Inc.
Thermal Management: Accessories
Controllers
Spec-00583 B
Temperature Control Switches
Industry Standards
cURus; File No. E164102
UL94-VO
Protection rating IEC IP30
CSA Certified, File Number 215952
CE
Application
These easy-to-install thermostats regulate and monitor air temperature in enclosures that contain heat-emitting equipment.
Thermostats prolong heater and fan life expectancy by controlling operation time and increase electrical component working efficiency by exposing them to fewer environmental contaminants.
Features
• Additional label for conversion to Celsius scale and blank label to cover set point range label when adjustment after initial setting is not desired are included
• Bimetal temperature sensor
• Plastic housing
• Connections consist of tubular screw terminals for AWG 14 (.04 sq. in.)
• Provision for both panel mounting and DIN rail mounting Finish
Molded plastic housing is black
Bulletin: D85
Standard Product
Catalog Number Contact Type Control Application
ATEMNC NC (normally closed), quick acting Heater
ATEMNO NO (normally open), quick acting Fan
Switching Capacity
Load Amps
Maximum load 15 A resistive / 2 A inductive @ 120 VAC
10 A resistive / 2 A inductive @ 250 VAC
DC 30 W
Minimum load 20 mA (all voltages)
Part Number: 3106A
RS-485, (1 pr) 22 AWG (7x30) TC & (1) 22 AWG (7x30) TC, FHDPE/PVC, Foil+TC Braid Shld, CM, PLTC
Product Description
One 22 AWG pair stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductors & one 22 AWG stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductor, Datalene® (FHDPE) insulation, twisted pairs, overall Beldfoil® shield (100% coverage) plus a tinned copper braid (65% coverage), PVC jacket.
Technical Specifications
Physical Characteristics (Overall)
Conductor
AWG Stranding Material Nominal Diameter No. of Conductors No. of Pairs 22 7x30 TC - Tinned Copper 0.03 in 1 1
Total Number of Conductors: 3
Insulation
Material Material Trade Name
FHDPE - Foam High Density Polyethylene Datalene®
Color Chart
Number Color
1 White/Orange Stripe
2 Orange/White Stripe
3 Blue/White Stripe
Outer Shield Material
Type Layer Material Material Trade Name Coverage [%] Drainwire Material Drainwire AWG Drainwire Construction n x D Tape 1 Aluminum Foil-Polyester
Tape Beldfoil® 100 % TC - Tinned Copper 22 7x30 mm
Braid 2 TC - Tinned Copper 65 %
Outer Jacket Material
Material Nominal Diameter
PVC - Polyvinyl Chloride 0.3 in
Construction and Dimensions
Stranding
Lay Length
3 in
Print Legend: BELDEN 3106A E34972 3C22 SHIELDED (UL) CM OR PLTC SUN RES OR C(UL) CM --- FT4 Electrical Characteristics
Capacitance
Nom. Capacitance Conductor to Conductor Nom. Capacitance Conductor to Other Conductor to Shield 11 pF/ft 20.9 pF/ft
Conductor DCR
Nominal Conductor DCR Nominal Outer Shield DCR
14.7 Ohm/1000ft 2.8 Ohm/1000ft
Impedance
Nominal Characteristic Impedance Nominal Characteristic Impedance Description 120 Ohm 120
High Frequency (Nominal/Typical)
Nom. Insertion Loss
0.5 dB/100ft
Delay
Nominal Velocity of Propagation (VP) [%]
78 %
Current
Max. Recommended Current [A]
2.7 Amps per conductor @ 25°C
Inductance
Nominal Inductance
0.203 µH/ft
Voltage
UL Voltage Rating
300 V RMS (NEC Type PLTC)
300 V RMS (NEC Type CM)
Temperature Range
Non-UL Temp Rating: 60°C
UL Temp Rating: 60°C
Operating Temp Range: -20°C To +60°C
Mechanical Characteristics
Bulk Cable Weight: 48(lbs/1000ft)
Max Recommended Pulling Tension: 65(lbs)
Min Bend Radius/Minor Axis: 3(in)
Standards
NEC/(UL) Specification: CM, PLTC
CEC/C(UL) Specification: CM
CPR Euroclass: Eca
Applicable Environmental and Other Programs
EU Directive 2000/53/EC (ELV): Yes
EU Directive 2002/96/EC (WEEE): Yes
EU Directive 2003/11/EC (BFR): Yes
EU Directive 2011/65/EU (ROHS II): Yes
EU Directive 2015/863/EU: Yes
EU Directive Compliance: EU Directive 2003/11/EC (BFR)
EU CE Mark: Yes
EU RoHS Compliance Date (yyyy-mm-dd): 2005-10-01
CA Prop 65 (CJ for Wire & Cable): Yes
MII Order #39 (China RoHS): Yes
Suitability
Suitability - Oil Resistance: Yes
Suitability - Sunlight Resistance: Yes
Flammability, LS0H, Toxicity Testing
UL Flammability: UL1685 UL Loading
CSA Flammability: FT1
Part Number
Plenum (Y/N): No
Variants
Item # Color
3106A.00152 BLACK
3106A.001525 BLACK
3106A.00305 BLACK
3106A 0101000 BLACK
3106A 010500 BLACK
3106A 0105000 BLACK
© 2018 Belden, Inc
All Rights Reserved.
Although Belden makes every reasonable effort to ensure their accuracy at the time of this publication, information and specifications described here in are subject to error or omission and to change without notice, and the listing of such information and specifications does not ensure product availability.
Belden provides the information and specifications herein on an "ASIS" basis, with no representations or warranties, whether express, statutory or implied. In no event will Belden be liable for any damages (including consequential, indirect, incidental, special, punitive, or exemplary damages) whatsoever, even if Belden has been advised of the possibility of such damages, whether in an action under contract, negligence or any other theory, arising out of or in connection with the use, or inability to use, the information or specifications described herein.
All sales of Belden products are subject to Belden's standard terms and conditions of sale.
Belden believes this product to be incompliance with EU RoHS(Directive 2002/95/EC, 27-Jan-2003). Material manufactured prior to the compliance date may be instock at Belden facilities and in our Distributor's inventory. The information provided in this Product Disclosure, and the identification of materials listed as reportable or restricted within the Product Disclosure, is correct to the best of Belden's knowledge, information, and belief at the date of its publication. The information provided in this Product Disclosure is designed only as a general guide for the safe handling, storage, and any other operation of the product itself or the one that it becomes a part of. This Product Disclosure is not to be considered a warranty or quality specification. Regulatory information is for guidance purposes only. Product users are responsible for determining the applicability of legislation and regulations based on their individual usage of the product.
Belden declares this product to be incompliance with EU LVD (Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC), as amended by directive 93/68/EEC.
Spiralwrap : 3NFP
Article number: 161-05055
Features
• For organising and protecting wires, cables and tubes • Wide range of diameters and colours
• Capable of retro-fitting
• Wires can branch out at any point, in any direction
Certifications & Approvals
More products in this product group
Spiralwrap >
Base Data
Colour Natural (NA)
Pack Cont. 30.48 m
Package Quantity per reel
PART DESCRIPTION 3NFP-PE-NA
Product Group Spiralwrap
Short Description Spiralwrap, 0.5'' Diameter, PE, Natural, 100ft/Reel Variant Spiral Binding
Product Dimensions
Bundle ∅ max. 102.0 mm
Bundle ∅ min. 9.52 mm
Bundlediamter Range ETIM
(Braided Sleeving) 9.52-102.0
Diameter (D) 12.7 mm
Length (L) 30.48 m
Nominal ∅ 12.7 mm
Nominal ∅ 1/2 "
Pitch (P) 14.3 mm
Pitch (P) 0.56 "
Wall (WT) 1.57 mm
Wall (WT) 0.062 "
∅ D 0.5 "
© HellermannTyton 2019
Material and Specifications
CSA Certified No
Flammability Flammable
Halogenfree Yes
Material Polyethylene (PE)
Operating Temperature - °C -60 °C to +88 °C
Specifications
UL Listed (US and Canada) No
UL Recognized (US and Canada) Yes
UL-File Number E147924
Logistics and Packaging
More Information
ETIM 6.0 EC002604
ETIM 7.0 Key EC002604
UNSPSC Key 39131604
Complete Your Installation with Accessories and Installation Tools 7 PBDCT –
Bench Mount Duct Cutting Tool
Light Gray
D2H6 – 2"(H)
D3H6 – 3"
D4H6 – 4"
White
D2HWH6 – 2"
D3HWH6 – 3"
D4HWH6 – 4"
Type FL –
Flexible Wiring Duct; available
in lengths of 500mm and in
three sizes: 12mm x 12mm,
25mm x 25mm, 50mm x 50mm
Adhesive Tape –
Available in roll form or
factory applied on select sizes
Accessories
TNR –
Nylon RIvet Installation Tool
Nylon Rivets:
NR1-C – 100 pcs.
NR1-M – 1000 pcs.
Wire Duct Installation Tools
DFCT –
Duct Finger Cutting Tool
DNT-100 –
Duct Notching Tool
DCT –
Hand-Held Duct Cutting Tool
Wire Duct Cutting Tools
DB-C –
Divider Wall Base for
mounting all types of
divider walls; halogen-free
Halogen-Free Divider Walls:
NNC50DWH2 – 50mm (H)
NNC75DWH2 – 75mm
Low Smoke, Halogen‑Free:
TNC50D2 – 50mm
TNC75D2 – 75mm
PVC Divider Walls: PVC Slotted Divider Walls:
Divider Walls
Light Gray
SD2H6 – 2"(H)
SD3H6 – 3"
SD4H6 – 4"
White
SD2HWH6 – 2"
SD3HWH6 – 3"
SD4HWH6 – 4"
CS1LG6 –
6 ft. length strip
CSC1LG6 –
6 ft. length strip with
bend radius control
Corner Strips
Snap-Clip Mounting Brackets
For Wiring Duct Types
G, F, FS, and D:
S1F-C – 1" duct width
S1.5F-C – 1.5" duct width
S2F-C – 2" duct width
S3F-C – 3" duct width
S4F-C – 4" duct width
For Wiring Duct Type NE:
SNS.5-C – 0.5' duct width
SNS.75-C – 0.75' duct width
SNS1-C – 1" duct width
SNS1.5-C – 1.5" duct width
SNS2-C – 2" duct width
SNS3-C – 3" duct width
For Type FS and D Wiring Duct:
WRS-A-C10 – for 1" – 2" duct width
Wire Retainers
For Type G and H Wiring
WR2-C – for 2" duct width
WR3-C – for 3" duct width
WR4-C – for 4" duct width
WR5-C – for 5" duct width
WR2H-C – for 2" hinged duct
For Type F and HN Wiring Duct:
FWR-C – for 1.5" – 4" duct width
For Type MC Wiring Duct:
FMWR-C – for 1.5" – 4" duct width
Complete Your Installation with Accessories and Installation Tools 7 PBDCT –
Bench Mount Duct Cutting Tool
Light Gray
D2H6 – 2"(H)
D3H6 – 3"
D4H6 – 4"
White
D2HWH6 – 2"
D3HWH6 – 3"
D4HWH6 – 4"
Type FL –
Flexible Wiring Duct; available
in lengths of 500mm and in
three sizes: 12mm x 12mm,
25mm x 25mm, 50mm x 50mm
Adhesive Tape –
Available in roll form or
factory applied on select sizes
Accessories
TNR –
Nylon RIvet Installation Tool
Nylon Rivets:
NR1-C – 100 pcs.
NR1-M – 1000 pcs.
Wire Duct Installation Tools
DFCT –
Duct Finger Cutting Tool
DNT-100 –
Duct Notching Tool
DCT –
Hand-Held Duct Cutting Tool
Wire Duct Cutting Tools
DB-C –
Divider Wall Base for
mounting all types of
divider walls; halogen-free
Halogen-Free Divider Walls:
NNC50DWH2 – 50mm (H)
NNC75DWH2 – 75mm
Low Smoke, Halogen‑Free:
TNC50D2 – 50mm
TNC75D2 – 75mm
PVC Divider Walls: PVC Slotted Divider Walls:
Divider Walls
Light Gray
SD2H6 – 2"(H)
SD3H6 – 3"
SD4H6 – 4"
White
SD2HWH6 – 2"
SD3HWH6 – 3"
SD4HWH6 – 4"
CS1LG6 –
6 ft. length strip
CSC1LG6 –
6 ft. length strip with
bend radius control
Corner Strips
Snap-Clip Mounting Brackets
For Wiring Duct Types
G, F, FS, and D:
S1F-C – 1" duct width
S1.5F-C – 1.5" duct width
S2F-C – 2" duct width
S3F-C – 3" duct width
S4F-C – 4" duct width
For Wiring Duct Type NE:
SNS.5-C – 0.5' duct width
SNS.75-C – 0.75' duct width
SNS1-C – 1" duct width
SNS1.5-C – 1.5" duct width
SNS2-C – 2" duct width
SNS3-C – 3" duct width
For Type FS and D Wiring Duct:
WRS-A-C10 – for 1" – 2" duct width
Wire Retainers
For Type G and H Wiring
WR2-C – for 2" duct width
WR3-C – for 3" duct width
WR4-C – for 4" duct width
WR5-C – for 5" duct width
WR2H-C – for 2" hinged duct
For Type F and HN Wiring Duct:
FWR-C – for 1.5" – 4" duct width
For Type MC Wiring Duct:
FMWR-C – for 1.5" – 4" duct width
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Panduct ® Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct
• Narrow slot/finger design provides more slots to fit the spacing of high-density terminal blocks and other hardware
• Material: Lead-free PVC
• UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
• Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material
• Provided with mounting holes
• Base and cover length is 6 feet
Part number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see color selection guide, page C1.48.
Base and cover sold separately.
*“H” dimension includes duct and cover.
W
H
.20 TYP [5.0]
.50 TYP [12.7]
Multiple slot restrictors present with
2" and greater duct wall height.
To order cover with protective film
add “-F” to part number. 6" cover
not available with film.
Base
Part Number
Duct Size (W x H)* Slot Width Cover
Part Number
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Base
Ctn.
Qty.
Cover
Ctn.
In. mm In. mm Qty.
F.5X.5LG6 0.69 x 0.60 17.5 x 15.2 0.20 5.0 C.5LG6 6 120 120 F.5X1LG6 0.69 x 1.06 17.5 x 26.9 0.20 5.0 C.5LG6 6 120 120 F.75X.75LG6 0.93 x 0.82 23.6 x 20.9 0.20 5.0 C.75LG6 6 120 120 F.75X1.5LG6 0.93 x 1.57 23.6 x 39.9 0.20 5.0 C.75LG6 6 120 120 F1X1LG6 1.26 x 1.13 32.0 x 28.7 0.20 5.0 C1LG6 6 120 120 F1X1.5LG6 1.26 x 1.62 32.0 x 41.1 0.20 5.0 C1LG6 6 120 120 F1X2LG6 1.26 x 2.12 32.0 x 53.8 0.20 5.0 C1LG6 6 120 120 F1X3LG6 1.26 x 3.12 32.0 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C1LG6 6 120 120 F1X4LG6 1.26 x 4.10 32.0 x 104.1 0.20 5.0 C1LG6 6 60 120 F1.5X1LG6 1.75 x 1.12 44.5 x 28.4 0.20 5.0 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 F1.5X1.5LG6 1.75 x 1.62 44.5 x 41.1 0.20 5.0 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 F1.5X2LG6 1.75 x 2.12 44.5 x 53.8 0.20 5.0 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 F1.5X3LG6 1.75 x 3.12 44.5 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 F1.5X4LG6 1.75 x 4.10 44.5 x 104.1 0.20 5.0 C1.5LG6 6 60 120 F2X1LG6 2.25 x 1.12 57.2 x 28.4 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 120 120 F2X1.5LG6 2.25 x 1.62 57.2 x 41.1 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 120 120 F2X2LG6 2.25 x 2.12 57.2 x 53.8 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 120 120 F2X3LG6 2.25 x 3.12 57.2 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 60 120 F2X4LG6 2.25 x 4.10 57.2 x 104.1 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 60 120 F2X5LG6 2.25 x 5.10 57.2 x 129.5 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 60 120 F2.5X3LG6 2.75 x 3.12 69.9 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C2.5LG6 6 120 120 F3X1LG6 3.25 x 1.12 82.6 x 28.4 0.20 5.0 C3LG6 6 120 120 F3X2LG6 3.25 x 2.12 82.6 x 53.8 0.20 5.0 C3LG6 6 120 120 F3X3LG6 3.25 x 3.12 82.6 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C3LG6 6 60 120 F3X4LG6 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 0.20 5.0 C3LG6 6 60 120 F3X5LG6 3.25 x 5.10 82.6 x 129.5 0.20 5.0 C3LG6 6 60 120 F4X2LG6 4.25 x 2.12 108.0 x 53.8 0.20 5.0 C4LG6 6 60 120 F4X3LG6 4.25 x 3.12 108.0 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C4LG6 6 60 120 F4X4LG6 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1 0.20 5.0 C4LG6 6 60 120 F4X5LG6 4.25 x 5.10 108.0 x 129.5 0.20 5.0 C4LG6 6 60 120 F6X4LG6 6.25 x 4.15 158.8 x 105.4 0.20 5.0 C6LG6 6 60 120
XI-2016, www.findernet.com
1 A
46 SERIES
46 SERIES
Miniature industrial relays 8 to16 A
1 & 2 CO industrial style power relays
For socket mount or direct connection via
Faston connectors
Type 46.52
- 2 CO 8 A
Type 46.61
- 1 CO 16 A
• AC coils & DC coils
• Available with: lockable test button,
mechanical indicator & LED indicator
• 8 mm, 6 kV (1.2/50 μs) isolation, coil-contacts
• Cadmium free contacts
• 97 series 35 mm rail (EN 60715) Screw,
Screwless or Push-in terminals, and PCB mount
sockets
• Coil Indication and EMC suppression modules
99 series and Timer module 86.30 options
• Optional alternative mounting adaptors
• European Patent
46.52 32.8
29 12.4
20 4.75 0.5 4.75 6.5
46.61 46.52 46.61
• 2 CO 8 A
• Plug-in/Solder terminals
• 1 CO 16 A
• Plug-in/Faston 187
For UL ratings see:
“General technical information” page V
Contact specification
Contact configuration 2 CO (DPDT) 1 CO (SPDT)
Rated current/Maximum peak current A 8/15 16/25* * With the AgSnO2 material the maximum peak current is
80 A - 5 ms on normally open
contact.
Rated voltage/
Maximum switching voltage V AC 250/440 250/440
Rated load AC1 VA 2000 4000
Rated load AC15 (230 V AC) VA 350 750
Single phase motor rating (230 V AC) kW 0.37 0.55
Breaking capacity DC1: 30/110/220 V A 6/0.5/0.15 12/0.5/0.15 Minimum switching load mW (V/mA) 300 (5/5) 300 (5/5)
Standard contact material AgNi AgNi
Coil specification
Nominal voltage (UN) V AC (50/60 Hz) 12 - 24 - 48 - 110 - 120 - 230 - 240 V DC 12 - 24 - 48 - 110 - 125
Rated power VA/W 1.2/0.5 1.2/0.5
Operating range AC (0.8…1.1)UN (0.8…1.1)UN
DC (0.73…1.1)UN (0.73…1.1)UN
Holding voltage AC/DC 0.8 UN / 0.4 UN 0.8 UN / 0.4 UN
Must drop-out voltage AC/DC 0.2 UN / 0.1 UN 0.2 UN / 0.1 UN Technical data
Mechanical life AC/DC cycles 10 · 106 10 · 106
Electrical life at rated load AC1 cycles 100 · 103 100 · 103 Operate/release time ms 10/3 15/5
Insulation between coil
and contacts (1.2/50 μs) kV 6 (8 mm) 6 (8 mm)
Dielectric strength
between open contacts V AC 1000 1000
Ambient temperature range °C –40…+70 –40…+70
Environmental protection RT II RT II
Approvals (according to type)
XI-2016, www.findernet.com
2 A
46 SERIES
Miniature industrial relays 8 to16 A 46
SERIES
Ordering information
Example: 46 series Miniature industrial relay, 1 CO, 24 V DC coil, lockable test button and mechanical indicator.
A B C D
4 6 . 6 1 . 9 . 0 2 4 . 0 0 4 0
Series
Type
5 = Spade/blade solder terminal
(2.5 x 0.5)mm
6 = Spade/blade terminal
Faston 187 (4.8 x 0.5)mm
No. of poles
1 = 1 pole, 16 A
2 = 2 poles, 8 A
Coil version
9 = DC
8 = AC (50/60 Hz)
Coil voltage
See coil specifications
A: Contact material
0 = AgNi
4 = AgSnO2 (46.61 only)
5 = AgNi + Au
B: Contact circuit
0 = CO (nPDT)
D: Special versions
0 = Standard
C: Options
2 = Mechanical indicator
4 = Lockable test button +
mechanical indicator
54 = Lockable test button + LED (AC) +
mechanical indicator
74 = Lockable test button + double LED
(DC non-polarized) + mechanical
indicator
Selecting features and options: only combinations in the same row are possible.
Preferred selections for best availability are shown in bold.
Type Coil version A B C D
46.52 AC - DC 0 - 5 0 2 - 4 0
AC 0 - 5 0 54 /
DC 0 - 5 0 74 /
46.61 AC - DC 0 - 4 - 5 0 2 - 4 0
AC 0 - 4 - 5 0 54 /
DC 0 - 4 - 5 0 74 /
Special versions for Rail Applications on request
Descriptions: Options
C: Option 54
LED (AC)
C: Option 74
LED (DC, non-polarized)
1 2
3 Lockable test button and mechanical flag indicator (0040, 0054, 0074) The dual-purpose Finder test button can be used in two ways:
Case 1) The plastic pip (located directly below the test button) remains intact. In this case, when the test button is pushed, the contacts operate. When the test button is released the contacts return to their former state.
Case 2) The plastic pip is broken-off (using an appropriate cutting tool). In this case, (in addition to the above function), when the test button is pushed and rotated, the contacts are latched in the operating state, and remain so until the test button is rotated back to its former position.
In both cases ensure that the test button actuation is swift and decisive.
E U R O
NAE P
E U R O P E A N
PA TENT
XI-2016, www.findernet.com
3 A
46 SERIES
46 SERIES
Miniature industrial relays 8 to16 A
Technical data
Insulation according to EN 61810-1
1 pole 2 pole
Nominal voltage of supply system V AC 230/400 230/400
Rated insulation voltage V AC 250 400 250 400
Pollution degree 3 2 3 2
Insulation between coil and contact set
Type of Insulation Reinforced (8 mm) Reinforced (8 mm)
Overvoltage category III III
Rated impulse voltage kV (1.2/50 μs) 6 6
Dielectric strength V AC 4000 4000
Insulation between adjacent contacts
Type of insulation — Basic
Overvoltage category — III
Rated impulse voltage kV (1.2/50 μs) — 4
Dielectric strength V AC — 2000
Insulation between open contacts
Type of disconnection Micro-disconnection Micro-disconnection Dielectric strength V AC/kV (1.2/50 μs) 1000/1.5 1000/1.5 Conducted disturbance immunity
Burst (5…50)ns, 5 kHz, on A1 - A2 EN 61000-4-4 level 4 (4 kV) Surge (1.2/50 μs) on A1 - A2 (differential mode) EN 61000-4-5 level 3 (2 kV) Other data 46.61 46.52
Bounce time: NO/NC ms 2/6 1/4
Vibration resistance (10…150)Hz: NO/NC g 20/12 20/15
Shock resistance g 20 20
Power lost to the environment without contact current W 0.6 0.6 with rated current W 1.6 2
Recommended distance between relays mounted on PCB mm ≥ 5 Contact specification
F 46 - Electrical life (AC) v contact current
Type 46.52
F 46 - Electrical life (AC) v contact current
Type 46.61
Cycles
Resistive load - cosφ = 1
Inductive load - cosφ = 0.4
Cycles
Resistive load - cosφ = 1
Inductive load - cosφ = 0.4
H 46 - Maximum DC1 breaking capacity
46.61 limit current
46.52 limit current
DC breaking current (A)
DC voltage (V)
• When switching a resistive load (DC1) having voltage and current values under the curve, an electrical life of ≥ 100 · 103 can be expected. • In the case of DC13 loads, the connection of a diode in parallel with the load will permit a similar electrical life as for a DC1 load.
Note: the release time for the load will be increased.
XI-2016, www.findernet.com
4 A
46 SERIES
Miniature industrial relays 8 to16 A 46
SERIES
Coil specifications
DC coil data
Nominal
voltage
Coil code Operating range Resistance Rated coil
consumption
UN Umin Umax R I at UN
V V V Ω mA
12 9.012 8.8 13.2 300 40
24 9.024 17.5 26.4 1200 20
48 9.048 35 52.8 4800 10
110 9.110 80 121 23500 4.7
125 9.125 91.2 138 32000 3.9
AC coil data
Nominal
voltage
Coil code Operating range Resistance Rated coil
consumption
UN Umin Umax R I at UN
V V V Ω mA
12 8.012 9.6 13.2 80 90
24 8.024 19.2 26.4 320 45
48 8.048 38.4 52.8 1350 21
110 8.110 88 121 6900 9.4
120 8.120 96 132 9000 8.4
230 8.230 184 253 28000 5
240 8.240 192 264 31500 4.1
R 46 - DC coil operating range v ambient temperature R 46 - AC coil operating range v ambient temperature 1 2
1 2
1 - Max. permitted coil voltage.
2 - Min. pick-up voltage with coil at ambient temperature. 1 - Max. permitted coil voltage.
2 - Min. pick-up voltage with coil at ambient temperature.
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 1 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
PLC-INTERFACE, consisting of PLC-BPT.../21 basic terminal block with push-in technology and plug-in miniature relay with power contact, for mounting on NS 35/7,5 DIN rails, 1 PDT, input voltage: 24 V DC Why buy this product
■ Slim design
■ Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter ■ RT III sealed relay
■ Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact ■ Integrated input circuit and interference suppression circuit ■ Functional plug-in bridges
Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 1 STK
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 31.27 g
Custom tariff number 85364100
Country of origin Germany
Technical data
Note
Utilization restriction EMC: class A product, see manufacturer's declaration in the download area
Dimensions
Width 6.2 mm
Height 80 mm
Depth 94 mm
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (operation) -40 °C ... 60 °C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -40 °C ... 85 °C
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 2 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Technical data
Coil side
Nominal input voltage UN 24 V DC
Typical input current at UN 9 mA
Typical response time 5 ms
Typical release time 8 ms
Protective circuit Reverse polarity protection Polarity protection diode Free-wheeling diode Damping diode
Operating voltage display yes
Power dissipation for nominal condition 0.22 W
Contact side
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material AgSnO
Maximum switching voltage
250 V AC/DC (The separating plate PLC-ATP should be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8- PLC... or ...FBST 500...)
Minimum switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V)
Maximum inrush current 10 A (4 s)
Limiting continuous current 6 A
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 140 W (at 24 V DC) 20 W (at 48 V DC)
18 W (at 60 V DC)
23 W (at 110 V DC)
40 W (at 220 V DC)
1500 VA (for 250 V AC)
Switching capacity in acc. with DIN VDE 0660/IEC 60947 2 A (at 24 V, DC13)
0.2 A (at 110 V, DC13)
0.1 A (at 220 V, DC13)
3 A (at 24 V, AC15)
3 A (at 120 V, AC15)
3 A (at 230 V, AC15)
Connection data input side
Connection name Coil side
Connection method Push-in connection
Stripping length 8 mm
Conductor cross section solid 0.14 mm² ... 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section flexible 0.14 mm² ... 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG 26 ... 14
Connection data output side
Connection name Contact side
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 3 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Technical data
Connection data output side
Connection method Push-in connection
Stripping length 8 mm
Conductor cross section solid 0.14 mm² ... 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section flexible 0.14 mm² ... 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG 26 ... 14
General
Test voltage relay winding/relay contact 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Operating mode 100% operating factor
Degree of protection RT III (Relay)
Mechanical service life 2 x 107
cycles
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V0
Designation Standards/regulations
Standards/regulations IEC 60664
IEC 60664A
DIN VDE 0110
DIN EN 50178/DIN VDE 0160 (in relevant parts)
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts)
Degree of pollution 3
Overvoltage category III
Mounting position any
Assembly instructions In rows with zero spacing
Standards and Regulations
Connection in acc. with standard CUL
Designation Standards/regulations
Standards/regulations IEC 60664
IEC 60664A
DIN VDE 0110
DIN EN 50178/DIN VDE 0160 (in relevant parts)
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts)
Degree of pollution 3
Overvoltage category III
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V0
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 4 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Articles in set
Relay socket - PLC-BPT- 24DC/21 - 2900445
6.2 mm PLC basic terminal block with push-in connection, without relay or solid-state relay, for mounting on DIN rail NS 35/7,5, 1 PDT, input voltage 24 V DC
Single relay - REL-MR- 24DC/21 - 2961105
Plug-in miniature power relay, with power contact, 1 PDT, input voltage 24 V DC Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 4.0 27371001
eCl@ss 4.1 27371001
eCl@ss 5.0 27371001
eCl@ss 5.1 27371001
eCl@ss 6.0 27371001
eCl@ss 7.0 27371001
eCl@ss 8.0 27371601
eCl@ss 9.0 27371601
ETIM
ETIM 3.0 EC000196
ETIM 4.0 EC000196
ETIM 5.0 EC001437
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 6.01 30211916
UNSPSC 7.0901 39121515
UNSPSC 11 39121515
UNSPSC 12.01 39121515
UNSPSC 13.2 39121515
Approvals
Approvals
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 5 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Approvals
Approvals
UL Recognized / UL Listed / cUL Recognized / cUL Listed / GL / EAC / RC FRT / EAC / cULus Recognized / cULus Listed Ex Approvals
Approvals submitted
Approval details
UL Recognized
UL Listed
cUL Recognized
cUL Listed
GL
EAC
RC FRT
EAC
cULus Recognized
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2900299
07/15/2016 Page 6 / 6
Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 - 2900299
Approvals
cULus Listed
Phoenix Contact 2016 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2908215
01/11/2018 Page 1 / 5
Relay Module - RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21/FG - 2908215
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
Pre-assembled relay module with Push-in connection, consisting of: relay base, safety relay with force-guided contacts in accordance with DIN EN 50205, plug-in display/interference suppression module, and retaining bracket, contact type: 2 changeover contacts, input voltage: 24 V DC Product Description
The force-guided coupling relay module is approved for industrial control equipment in accordance with UL 508 (cULus listed). The requirements for Type A in accordance with DIN EN 50205 are satisfied if the circuit is designed as 1 N/O contact / 1 N/C contact.
Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 1 STK
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 71.520 g
Custom tariff number 85364110
Country of origin Czech Republic
Technical data
Note
Utilization restriction EMC: class A product, see manufacturer's declaration in the download area
Dimensions
Width 16 mm
Height 93 mm
Depth 70 mm
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (operation) -20 °C ... 50 °C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20 °C ... 70 °C Coil side
Nominal input voltage UN 24 V DC
Input voltage range in reference to UN see diagram
Typical input current at UN 30 mA
Typical response time 10 ms
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2908215
01/11/2018 Page 2 / 5
Relay Module - RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21/FG - 2908215
Technical data
Coil side
Typical release time 10 ms
Coil voltage 24 V DC
Protective circuit Damping diode
Operating voltage display Yellow LED
Power dissipation for nominal condition 0.72 W
Contact side
Contact type 2 changeover contacts, forcibly actuated
Type of switch contact Single contact
Contact material AgNi
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Minimum switching voltage 15 V AC/DC
Min. switching current 10 mA
Maximum inrush current 6 A
Limiting continuous current 6 A
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 144 W (at 24 V DC) 288 W (at 48 V DC)
88 W (at 110 V DC)
110 W (at 220 V DC)
1500 VA (for 250 V AC)
Switching capacity in acc. with DIN VDE 0660/IEC 60947 2 A (at 24 V, DC13) 3 A (at 230 V, AC15)
Connection data input side
Connection name Coil side
Connection method Push-in connection
Stripping length 8 mm
Conductor cross section solid 0.14 mm² ... 1.5 mm²
Conductor cross section flexible 0.14 mm² ... 1.5 mm²
0.14 mm² ... 1.5 mm² (Ferrule with plastic sleeve)
0.14 mm² ... 1 mm² ()
Conductor cross section AWG 26 ... 16 (solid)
26 ... 16 (stranded)
Connection data output side
Connection name Contact side
Connection method Push-in connection
Stripping length 8 mm
Conductor cross section solid 0.14 mm² ... 1.5 mm²
Conductor cross section flexible 0.14 mm² ... 1.5 mm²
0.14 mm² ... 1.5 mm² (Ferrule with plastic sleeve)
0.14 mm² ... 1 mm² ()
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2908215
01/11/2018 Page 3 / 5
Relay Module - RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21/FG - 2908215
Technical data
Connection data output side
Conductor cross section AWG 26 ... 16 (solid)
26 ... 16 (stranded)
General
Operating mode 100% operating factor
Degree of protection IP20 (Relay base)
RT II (Relay)
Mechanical service life Approx. 107
cycles
UL, USA/Canada cULus listed UL 508
UL certificate NRNT.E172140
Mounting position any
Assembly instructions In rows with zero spacing
B10d 600000 (AC1; 250 V / 6 A; 1 N/O)
900000 (AC1; 250 V / 3 A; 1 N/O)
1800000 (AC1; 250 V / 1,5 A; 1 N/O)
180000 (AC15; 250 V / 3 A; 1 N/O)
560000 (AC15; 250 V / 2 A; 1 N/O)
4600000 (AC15; 250 V / 0,75 A; 1 N/O)
360000 (DC13; 24 V / 3 A; 1 N/O)
740000 (DC13; 24 V / 1,5 A; 1 N/O)
4200000 (DC13; 24 V / 0,75 A; 1 N/O)
Standards and Regulations
Designation Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
EN 50205
Rated insulation voltage 250 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV
Insulation safe isolation
Degree of pollution 2
Overvoltage category III
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V2
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA/Canada cULus listed UL 508
Assembly instructions In rows with zero spacing
Mounting position any
Environmental Product Compliance
China RoHS Environmentally Friendly Use Period = 50
For details about hazardous substances go to tab “Downloads”, Category “Manufacturer's declaration”
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2908215
01/11/2018 Page 4 / 5
Relay Module - RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21/FG - 2908215
Drawings
Circuit diagram Diagram
0,7
0,8
0 9,
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
A
B
Ambient temperature [°C] Coil voltage U/UN
Operating voltage range
Diagram
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 0
Ambient temperature [°C] Limiting continuous current per contact [A] max
Contact derating
Articles in set
Safety relays - REL-SR- 24DC/2X21/FG - 2908777
Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts in acc. with DIN EN 50205, contact type 2 PDTs. The requirements for type A in accordance with EN 50205 are fulfilled when the wiring topology is 1 NO / 1 NC.
Plug-in module - RIF-LDP-12-24 DC - 2900939
Plug-in module, for mounting on RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4, with freewheeling diode and yellow LED, polarity:
A1+, A2-, input voltage: 12 ... 24 V DC ±20 %
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/2908215
01/11/2018 Page 5 / 5
Relay Module - RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21/FG - 2908215
Articles in set
Relay retaining bracket - RIF-RHM-1-H - 2905985
Relay retaining bracket, wire model, suitable for RIF-1 relay base, for 25 mm high octal miniature power relays Approvals
Approvals
Approvals
UL Listed / cUL Listed / EAC / DNV GL / cULus Listed
Ex Approvals
Approval details
UL Listed http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm FILE E 172140 cUL Listed http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm FILE E 172140 EAC
RU CDE.A*30.B.01082
DNV GL http://exchange.dnv.com/tari/ TAA000018V
cULus Listed
Phoenix Contact 2018 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 1 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 9-Mar-2012
Extract from the online
catalog
NS 35/ 7,5 PERF 2000MM
Order No.: 0801733
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=0801733 DIN rail, material: steel galvanized and passivated with a thick layer, perforated, height 7.5 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2000 mm Commercial data
EAN
4 017918 006686
Pack 2 m
Customs tariff 72287010
Catalog page information Page 341 (CL2-2011)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
Jan/13/2006
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation at http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com.
The General Terms and Conditions
of Use apply to Internet downloads.
Technical data
General data
Height 7.5 mm
Length 2000 mm
Width 35 mm
Material Steel
Coating Galvanized, passivated with a thick layer
Color silver
Test standard In acc. with EN 60715: 2001
NS 35/ 7,5 PERF 2000MM Order No.: 0801733
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=0801733 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 2 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 9-Mar-2012
Drawings
Dimensioned drawing
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/1052002
Feb/26/2016 Page 1 / 2
Zack marker strip - ZB 8:BLANK - 1052002
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
Zack marker strip, Strip, white, unlabeled, can be labeled with: Plotter, Mounting type: Snap into tall marker groove, for terminal block width: 8.2 mm, Lettering field: 10.5 x 8.15 mm The illustration shows
versions ZB 8 - UNPRINTED,
-LGS:CONSEC.NOS, -
QR:CONSEC.NOS and CUS
Why buy this product
■ Labeling service: Phoenix Contact can custom-label all zack marker strip markers according to your requirements ■ The ZB zack marker strip system is a marking solution for modular terminal blocks and electronics modules with tall marker grooves Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 10 pc
Minimum order quantity 10 pc
GTIN
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 1.95 GRM
Custom tariff number 39209200
Country of origin Germany
Technical data
Dimensions
Width (a) 8 mm
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (operation) -40 °C ... 100 °C
General
Note Can be labeled with CMS
Color white
Components free from silicone and halogen
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V2
Material PA
Wipe resistance DIN EN 61010-1 (VDE 0411-1)
Number of individual labels 10
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/1052002
Feb/26/2016 Page 2 / 2
Zack marker strip - ZB 8:BLANK - 1052002
Technical data
General
Number of individual labels per row 10
Number of marker strips 10
Marking mounting type Snap into tall marker groove
Standards and Regulations
Wipe resistance DIN EN 61010-1 (VDE 0411-1)
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V2
Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 4.0 24190208
eCl@ss 4.1 24190208
eCl@ss 5.0 27149103
eCl@ss 5.1 27141137
eCl@ss 6.0 27141137
eCl@ss 7.0 27141137
eCl@ss 8.0 27141137
ETIM
ETIM 2.0 EC000761
ETIM 3.0 EC000761
ETIM 4.0 EC000761
ETIM 5.0 EC000761
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 6.01 30211811
UNSPSC 7.0901 39121410
UNSPSC 11 39121410
UNSPSC 12.01 39121410
UNSPSC 13.2 39121410
Phoenix Contact 2016 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/1051003
07/15/2016 Page 1 / 2
Zack marker strip - ZB 6:BLANK - 1051003
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
Zack marker strip, Strip, white, unlabeled, can be labeled with: Plotter, Mounting type: Snap into tall marker groove, for terminal block width: 6.2 mm, Lettering field: 6.15 x 10.5 mm The illustration shows the version
ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT
Why buy this product
■ Labeling service: Phoenix Contact can custom-label all zack marker strip markers according to your requirements ■ The ZB zack marker strip system is a marking solution for modular terminal blocks and electronics modules with tall marker grooves Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 10 STK
Minimum order quantity 10 STK
GTIN
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 1.51 g
Custom tariff number 39209200
Country of origin Germany
Technical data
Dimensions
Width (a) 6 mm
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (operation) -40 °C ... 100 °C
General
Note Can be labeled with CMS
Color white
Components free from silicone and halogen
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V2
Material PA
Wipe resistance DIN EN 61010-1 (VDE 0411-1)
Number of individual labels 10
Number of individual labels per row 10
Number of marker strips 10
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/1051003
07/15/2016 Page 2 / 2
Zack marker strip - ZB 6:BLANK - 1051003
Technical data
General
Marking mounting type Snap into tall marker groove
Standards and Regulations
Wipe resistance DIN EN 61010-1 (VDE 0411-1)
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V2
Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 4.0 24190208
eCl@ss 4.1 24190208
eCl@ss 5.0 27149103
eCl@ss 5.1 27141137
eCl@ss 6.0 27141137
eCl@ss 7.0 27141137
eCl@ss 8.0 27141137
eCl@ss 9.0 27141137
ETIM
ETIM 2.0 EC000761
ETIM 3.0 EC000761
ETIM 4.0 EC000761
ETIM 5.0 EC000761
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 6.01 30211811
UNSPSC 7.0901 39121410
UNSPSC 11 39121410
UNSPSC 12.01 39121410
UNSPSC 13.2 39121410
Phoenix Contact 2016 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/0808642
Aug/11/2014 Page 1 / 2
Zack Marker strip, flat - ZBF 5:BLANK - 0808642
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
Zack Marker strip, flat, Strip, white, unlabeled, can be labeled with: Plotter, Mounting type: Snap into flat marker groove, for terminal block width: 5 mm, Lettering field: 5.1 x 5.2 mm The figure shows the versions
ZBF 5- UNBEDRUCKT, -
LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN, -
QR:FORTL.ZAHLEN, and -CUS
Why buy this product
The ZBF zack marker strip system with flat marker groove is a marking solution for modular terminal blocks and electronics modules Other pitches available on request
The multi-section marking strips are easy to fit and can be easily separated if required Labeling service: Phoenix Contact can custom-label all zack marker strip markers according to your requirements Unlabeled marking strips can be custom-labeled with a plotter or by hand Key commercial data
Packing unit 10 pc
Minimum order quantity 10 pc
GTIN
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 0.5 GRM
Custom tariff number 85369010
Country of origin Germany
Technical data
Dimensions
Width (a) 5 mm
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (operation) -40 °C ... 100 °C
General
Color white
Components free from silicone and halogen
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V2
Material PA
Item 59
SIDE 10 MARKER STRIP SIZE 2,5 / Trojan P/N 916050-0808642pg. 1 of 2
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/0808642
Aug/11/2014 Page 2 / 2
Zack Marker strip, flat - ZBF 5:BLANK - 0808642
Technical data
General
Wipe resistance DIN EN 61010-1 (VDE 0411-1)
Number of individual labels 10
Number of individual labels per row 10
Number of marker strips 10
Marking mounting type Snap into flat marker groove
Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 4.0 24190208
eCl@ss 4.1 24190208
eCl@ss 5.0 27149103
eCl@ss 5.1 27141137
eCl@ss 6.0 27141137
eCl@ss 7.0 27141137
eCl@ss 8.0 27141137
ETIM
ETIM 2.0 EC000761
ETIM 3.0 EC000761
ETIM 4.0 EC000761
ETIM 5.0 EC000761
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 6.01 30211811
UNSPSC 7.0901 39121410
UNSPSC 11 39121410
UNSPSC 12.01 39121410
UNSPSC 13.2 39121410
Phoenix Contact 2014 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
Item 59
SIDE 10 MARKER STRIP SIZE 2,5 / Trojan P/N 916050-0808642pg. 2 of 2
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3030242
11/25/2016 Page 1 / 2
Plug-in bridge - FBS 3-6 - 3030242
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
Plug-in bridge, Pitch: 6.2 mm, Length: 23 mm, Width: 16.9 mm, Number of positions: 3, Color: red Why buy this product
The 2- to 50-pos. jumpers can bridge up to 50 terminal blocks in the two bridge shafts of the CLIPLINE complete system in one step Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 50 STK
Minimum order quantity 50 STK
GTIN
GTIN 4017918188566
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 2.930 g
Custom tariff number 85389080
Country of origin Germany
Technical data
Technical data
Color red
Material Copper
Number of positions 3
Pitch 6.2 mm
Maximum load current
32 A (The current values for the jumpers can deviate when used in different modular terminal blocks. The precise values can be found in the accessories data for the respective modular terminal blocks.) Environmental Product Compliance
China RoHS Environmentally friendly use period: unlimited = EFUP-e No hazardous substances above threshold values
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3030242
11/25/2016 Page 2 / 2
Plug-in bridge - FBS 3-6 - 3030242
Approvals
Approvals
Approvals
EAC
Ex Approvals
Approval details
EAC EAC-Zulassung
Phoenix Contact 2016 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3032185
Dec/22/2014 Page 1 / 2
Potential bridge - FBS-PV - 3032185
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
Vertical potential bridge, to connect the upper and lower level Key commercial data
Packing unit 50 pc
Minimum order quantity 50 pc
GTIN
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 0.9 GRM
Custom tariff number 85389099
Country of origin Germany
Technical data
Technical data
Color black
Material PA 6.6
Number of positions 1
Maximum load current
32 A (The current values for the jumpers can deviate when used in different modular terminal blocks. The precise values can be found in the accessories data for the respective modular terminal blocks.) Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Maximum temperature 125 °C
Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 4.0 27141199
eCl@ss 4.1 27141199
eCl@ss 5.0 27141140
eCl@ss 5.1 27141140
eCl@ss 6.0 27141140
eCl@ss 7.0 27141140
eCl@ss 8.0 27141140
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3032185
Dec/22/2014 Page 2 / 2
Potential bridge - FBS-PV - 3032185
Classifications
ETIM
ETIM 2.0 EC000489
ETIM 3.0 EC000489
ETIM 4.0 EC000489
ETIM 5.0 EC000489
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 6.01 30211829
UNSPSC 7.0901 39121426
UNSPSC 11 39121426
UNSPSC 12.01 39121426
UNSPSC 13.2 39121426
Phoenix Contact 2014 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3038930
07/15/2016 Page 1 / 2
Plug-in bridge - FBS 50-5 - 3038930
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
Plug-in bridge, Pitch: 5.2 mm, Number of positions: 50, Color: red Why buy this product
■ The 2- to 50-pos. jumpers can bridge up to 50 terminal blocks in the two bridge shafts of the CLIPLINE complete system in one step Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 10 STK
Minimum order quantity 10 STK
GTIN
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 46.74 g
Custom tariff number 85389080
Country of origin Germany
Technical data
Technical data
Color red
Material Copper
Number of positions 50
Pitch 5.20 mm
Maximum load current
24 A (The current values for the jumpers can deviate when used in different modular terminal blocks. The precise values can be found in the accessories data for the respective modular terminal blocks.) Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 4.0 27141199
eCl@ss 4.1 27141199
eCl@ss 5.0 27141140
eCl@ss 5.1 27141140
eCl@ss 6.0 27141140
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3038930
07/15/2016 Page 2 / 2
Plug-in bridge - FBS 50-5 - 3038930
Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 7.0 27141140
eCl@ss 8.0 27141140
eCl@ss 9.0 27141140
ETIM
ETIM 2.0 EC000489
ETIM 3.0 EC000489
ETIM 4.0 EC000489
ETIM 5.0 EC000489
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 6.01 30211829
UNSPSC 7.0901 39121426
UNSPSC 11 39121426
UNSPSC 12.01 39121426
UNSPSC 13.2 39121426
Approvals
Approvals
Approvals
EAC
Ex Approvals
Approvals submitted
Approval details
EAC
Phoenix Contact 2016 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 1 / 2
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
Extract from the online
catalog
FBS 2-5
Order No.: 3030161
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3030161 Plug-in bridge, Number of positions: 2, Color: red
Commercial data
EAN
4 017918 188511
sales group A690
Pack 50 Pcs.
Customs tariff 85389099
Gross weight in pieces 0.001696 KG
Net weight per piece 0.001684 KG
Catalog page information Page 390 (CL1-2011)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
01/01/2003
http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation. The
General Terms and Conditions of
Use apply to Internet downloads.
Certificates / Approvals
Certification
Certifications applied for:
Certification Ex:
PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 1 / 2
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Jul 17, 2013
Extract from the online
catalog
FBS 3-5
Order No.: 3030174
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3030174 Plug-in bridge, Number of positions: 3, Color: red
Commercial data
EAN
4 017918 188528
sales group A690
Pack 50 Pcs.
Customs tariff 85389099
Gross weight in pieces 0.002524 KG
Net weight per piece 0.002524 KG
Catalog page information Page 472 (CAT-3-2013)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
01/01/2003
http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation. The
General Terms and Conditions of
Use apply to Internet downloads.
Certificates / Approvals
Certification
Certifications applied for:
Certification Ex:
FBS 3-5 Order No.: 3030174
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3030174 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 2 / 2
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Jul 17, 2013
Address
PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG
Flachsmarktstr. 8
32825 Blomberg,Germany
Phone +49 5235 3 00
Fax +49 5235 3 41200
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
© 2013 Phoenix Contact
Technical modifications reserved;
PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 1 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
Extract from the online
catalog
D-PT 6
Order No.: 3212044
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3212044 End cover, Length: 57.7 mm, Width: 2.2 mm, Height: 42 mm, Color: gray
Commercial data
EAN
4 046356 494786
sales group A692
Pack 50 Pcs.
Customs tariff 85389099
Gross weight in pieces 0.0031 KG
Net weight per piece 0.0031 KG
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
02/17/2009
http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation. The
General Terms and Conditions of
Use apply to Internet downloads.
Certificates / Approvals
Certification GOST
Certifications applied for:
D-PT 6 Order No.: 3212044
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3212044 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 2 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
Certification Ex:
D-PT 6 Order No.: 3212044
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3212044 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 3 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
Address
PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG
Flachsmarktstr. 8
32825 Blomberg,Germany
Phone +49 5235 3 00
Fax +49 5235 3 41200
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
© 2012 Phoenix Contact
Technical modifications reserved;
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3208979
Aug/11/2014 Page 1 / 2
End cover - D-PT 4-QUATTRO - 3208979
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
End cover, Length: 77 mm, Width: 2.2 mm, Color: gray
Why buy this product
End cover, enables the open terminal side to be covered Key commercial data
Packing unit 50 pc
Minimum order quantity 50 pc
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 3.16 GRM
Custom tariff number 85389099
Country of origin Poland
Technical data
General
Color gray
Insulating material PA
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions
Width 2.2 mm
Length 77 mm
General
Temperature index, insulating material (DIN EN 60216-1 (VDE 0304-21)) 130 °C
Static insulating material application in cold -60 °C
Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 4.0 27141111
eCl@ss 4.1 27141111
eCl@ss 5.0 27141133
eCl@ss 5.1 27141133
Item 47
TERMINAL COVER GRAY / Trojan P/N 916050-3208979pg. 1 of 2
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3208979
Aug/11/2014 Page 2 / 2
End cover - D-PT 4-QUATTRO - 3208979
Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 6.0 27141133
eCl@ss 7.0 27141133
eCl@ss 8.0 27141133
ETIM
ETIM 2.0 EC000886
ETIM 3.0 EC000886
ETIM 4.0 EC000886
ETIM 5.0 EC000886
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 6.01 30211827
UNSPSC 7.0901 39121424
UNSPSC 11 39121424
UNSPSC 12.01 39121424
UNSPSC 13.2 39121424
Phoenix Contact 2014 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
Item 47
TERMINAL COVER GRAY / Trojan P/N 916050-3208979pg. 2 of 2
PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 1 / 3
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
Extract from the online
catalog
D-PTTB 2,5
Order No.: 3211634
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3211634 End cover, Length: 68 mm, Width: 2.2 mm, Color: gray
Commercial data
EAN
4 046356 428378
sales group A692
Pack 50 Pcs.
Customs tariff 85389099
Gross weight in pieces 0.00326 KG
Net weight per piece 0.00326 KG
Catalog page information Page 99 (CL1-2011)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
06/23/2008
http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation. The
General Terms and Conditions of
Use apply to Internet downloads.
Certificates / Approvals
Certification GOST
Certifications applied for:
Certification Ex:
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 1 / 4
http://www.phoenixcontact.co.uk 01-Feb-2012
Extract from the online
catalog
PIT 6-PE
Order No.: 3211822
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.co.uk/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3211822 Ground modular terminal block, Connection method: Push-In connection, Cross section: 0.5 mm² - 10 mm², AWG 20 - 8, Width: 8.2 mm, Height: 42 mm, Color: green-yellow, Mounting type: NS 35/7.5, NS 35/15
Commercial data
EAN
4 046356 494779
Pack 50
Customs tariff 85369010
Country of Origin DE
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
17/02/2009
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation at http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com.
The General Terms and Conditions
of Use apply to Internet downloads.
Technical data
General
Number of levels 1
Number of connections 2
Color green-yellow
Insulating material PA
PIT 6-PE Order No.: 3211822
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.co.uk/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3211822 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 2 / 4
http://www.phoenixcontact.co.uk 01-Feb-2012
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions
Width 8.2 mm
Length 57.7 mm
Height 42 mm
Height NS 35/7.5 43.5 mm
Height NS 35/15 51 mm
Technical data
Rated surge voltage 8 kV
Pollution degree 3
Surge voltage category III
Insulating material group I
Connection in acc. with standard IEC 60947-7-2
Open side panel ja
Connection data
Conductor cross section solid min. 0.5 mm²
Conductor cross section solid max. 10 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded min. 0.5 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded max. 6 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil min. 20
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil max 8
Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule
without plastic sleeve min.
0.5 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule
without plastic sleeve max.
6 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule
with plastic sleeve min.
0.5 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule
with plastic sleeve max.
6 mm²
2 conductors with same cross section, stranded,
TWIN ferrules with plastic sleeve, min.
0.5 mm²
2 conductors with same cross section, stranded,
TWIN ferrules with plastic sleeve, max.
1.5 mm²
Connection method Push-In connection
Stripping length 12 mm
Internal cylindrical gage A5
PIT 6-PE Order No.: 3211822
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.co.uk/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3211822 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 3 / 4
http://www.phoenixcontact.co.uk 01-Feb-2012
Certificates
Certification CUL, UL
PIT 6-PE Order No.: 3211822
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.co.uk/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3211822 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 4 / 4
http://www.phoenixcontact.co.uk 01-Feb-2012
Address
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd
Halesfield 13
Telford / Shropshire / TF7 4PG,England
Phone 01952 681 700
Fax 01952 681 799
http://www.phoenixcontact.co.uk
Phoenix Contact Ltd.
Technical modifications reserved;
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3211809
Feb/08/2016 Page 1 / 5
Ground modular terminal block - PT 4-QUATTRO-PE - 3211809 Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
Ground modular terminal block, Connection method: Push-in connection, Cross section: 0.2 mm² - 6 mm², AWG: 24 - 10, Width: 6.2 mm, Height: 35.3 mm, Color: green-yellow, Mounting type: NS 35/7,5, NS 35/15 Why buy this product
The Push-in connection terminal blocks are characterized by the system features of the CLIPLINE complete system and by easy and tool-free wiring of conductors with ferrules or solid conductors
The compact design and front connection enable wiring in a confined space In addition to the testing facility in the double function shaft, all terminal blocks provide an additional test connection Tested for railway applications
Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 50 pc
Minimum order quantity 50 pc
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 17.18 GRM
Custom tariff number 85369040
Country of origin Poland
Technical data
General
Number of levels 1
Number of connections 4
Nominal cross section 4 mm²
Color green-yellow
Insulating material PA
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V0
Area of application Railway industry
Mechanical engineering
Plant engineering
Process industry
Rated surge voltage 8 kV
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3211809
Feb/08/2016 Page 2 / 5
Ground modular terminal block - PT 4-QUATTRO-PE - 3211809 Technical data
General
Degree of pollution 3
Overvoltage category III
Insulating material group I
Connection in acc. with standard IEC 60947-7-2
Open side panel Yes
Shock protection test specification DIN EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514):2002-11 Back of the hand protection guaranteed
Finger protection guaranteed
Oscillation, broadband noise test result Test passed
Test specification, oscillation, broadband noise DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115-200):2008-03 Test spectrum Service life test category 2, bogie mounted Test frequency f1 = 5 Hz to f2 = 250 Hz
ASD level 6.12 (m/s2
)
2 /Hz
Acceleration 3.12 g
Test duration per axis 5 h
Test directions X-, Y- and Z-axis
Shock test result Test passed
Test specification, shock test DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115-200):2008-03 Shock form Half-sine
Acceleration 30g
Shock duration 18 ms
Number of shocks per direction 3
Test directions X-, Y- and Z-axis (pos. and neg.)
Relative insulation material temperature index (Elec., UL 746 B) 130 °C Temperature index of insulation material (DIN EN 60216-1 (VDE 0304-21)) 130 °C
Static insulating material application in cold -60 °C
Dimensions
Width 6.2 mm
End cover width 2.2 mm
Length 77 mm
Height 35.3 mm
Height NS 35/7,5 36.5 mm
Height NS 35/15 44 mm
Connection data
Note Please observe the current carrying capacity of the DIN rails.
Connection method Push-in connection
Connection in acc. with standard IEC 60947-7-2
Conductor cross section solid min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section solid max. 6 mm²
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3211809
Feb/08/2016 Page 3 / 5
Ground modular terminal block - PT 4-QUATTRO-PE - 3211809 Technical data
Connection data
Conductor cross section AWG min. 24
Conductor cross section AWG max. 10
Conductor cross section flexible min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section flexible max. 4 mm²
Min. AWG conductor cross section, flexible 24
Max. AWG conductor cross section, flexible 12
Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule without plastic sleeve min. 0.25 mm² Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule without plastic sleeve max. 4 mm² Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule with plastic sleeve min. 0.25 mm² Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule with plastic sleeve max. 4 mm² 2 conductors with same cross section, stranded, TWIN ferrules with plastic sleeve, min. 0.5 mm²
2 conductors with same cross section, stranded, TWIN ferrules with plastic sleeve, max. 1 mm²
Stripping length 10 mm ... 12 mm
Internal cylindrical gage A4
Standards and Regulations
Connection in acc. with standard CSA
IEC 60947-7-2
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V0
Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 4.0 27141118
eCl@ss 4.1 27141118
eCl@ss 5.0 27141118
eCl@ss 5.1 27141118
eCl@ss 6.0 27141141
eCl@ss 7.0 27141141
eCl@ss 8.0 27141141
eCl@ss 9.0 27141141
ETIM
ETIM 2.0 EC000901
ETIM 3.0 EC000901
ETIM 4.0 EC000901
ETIM 5.0 EC000901
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 6.01 30211811
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3211809
Feb/08/2016 Page 4 / 5
Ground modular terminal block - PT 4-QUATTRO-PE - 3211809 Classifications
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 7.0901 39121410
UNSPSC 11 39121410
UNSPSC 12.01 39121410
UNSPSC 13.2 39121410
Approvals
Approvals
Approvals
UL Recognized / cUL Recognized / CSA / LR / VDE Zeichengenehmigung / IECEE CB Scheme / EAC / BV / EAC / GL / NK / cULus Recognized Ex Approvals
ATEX / IECEx / EAC Ex
Approvals submitted
Approval details
UL Recognized
B C D
mm²/AWG/kcmil 24-10 24-10 24-10
cUL Recognized
B C D
mm²/AWG/kcmil 24-10 24-10 24-10
CSA
mm²/AWG/kcmil 24-10
LR
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3211809
Feb/08/2016 Page 5 / 5
Ground modular terminal block - PT 4-QUATTRO-PE - 3211809 Approvals
VDE Zeichengenehmigung
mm²/AWG/kcmil 0.2-4
IECEE CB Scheme
mm²/AWG/kcmil 0.2-4
EAC
BV
EAC
GL
NK
cULus Recognized
Phoenix Contact 2016 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3210596
07/15/2016 Page 1 / 5
Protective conductor double-level terminal block - PTTB 2,5- PE - 3210596
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
Protective conductor double-level terminal block, Cross section: 0.14 mm² - 4 mm², AWG: 26 - 12, Connection type: Push-in connection, Width: 5.2 mm, Color: green-yellow, Mounting type: NS 35/7,5, NS 35/15
Why buy this product
■ The Push-in connection terminal blocks are characterized by the system features of the CLIPLINE complete system and by easy and toolfree wiring of conductors with ferrules or solid conductors ■ The compact design and front connection enable wiring in a confined space ■ In addition to the testing facility in the double function shaft, all terminal blocks provide an additional test connection ■ Tested for railway applications
Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 50 STK
Minimum order quantity 50 STK
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 16.93 g
Custom tariff number 85369040
Country of origin Poland
Technical data
General
Number of levels 2
Number of connections 4
Nominal cross section 2.5 mm²
Color green-yellow
Insulating material PA
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V0
Area of application Railway industry
Machine building
Plant engineering
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3210596
07/15/2016 Page 2 / 5
Protective conductor double-level terminal block - PTTB 2,5- PE - 3210596
Technical data
General
Process industry
Rated surge voltage 6 kV
Degree of pollution 3
Overvoltage category III
Insulating material group I
Connection in acc. with standard IEC 60947-7-2
Open side panel Yes
Shock protection test specification DIN EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514):2002-11 Back of the hand protection guaranteed
Finger protection guaranteed
Oscillation, broadband noise test result Test passed
Test specification, oscillation, broadband noise DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115-200):2008-03 Test spectrum Service life test category 2, bogie mounted Test frequency f1 = 5 Hz to f2 = 250 Hz
ASD level 6.12 (m/s2
)
2 /Hz
Acceleration 3.12 g
Test duration per axis 5 h
Test directions X-, Y- and Z-axis
Shock test result Test passed
Test specification, shock test DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115-200):2008-03 Shock form Half-sine
Acceleration 30g
Shock duration 18 ms
Number of shocks per direction 3
Test directions X-, Y- and Z-axis (pos. and neg.)
Relative insulation material temperature index (Elec.; UL 746 B) 130 °C Temperature index of insulation material (DIN EN 60216-1 (VDE 0304-21)) 130 °C
Static insulating material application in cold -60 °C
Dimensions
Width 5.2 mm
Length 68 mm
Height NS 35/7,5 47.5 mm
Height NS 35/15 55 mm
Connection data
Note Please observe the current carrying capacity of the DIN rails.
Connection method Push-in connection
Conductor cross section solid min. 0.14 mm²
Conductor cross section solid max. 4 mm²
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3210596
07/15/2016 Page 3 / 5
Protective conductor double-level terminal block - PTTB 2,5- PE - 3210596
Technical data
Connection data
Conductor cross section flexible min. 0.14 mm²
Conductor cross section flexible max. 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG min. 26
Conductor cross section AWG max. 12
Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule without plastic sleeve min. 0.14 mm² Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule without plastic sleeve max. 2.5 mm² Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule with plastic sleeve min. 0.14 mm² Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule with plastic sleeve max. 2.5 mm² 2 conductors with same cross section, stranded, TWIN ferrules with plastic sleeve, max. 0.5 mm²
Stripping length 8 mm ... 10 mm
Internal cylindrical gage A4
Stripping length 8 mm ... 10 mm
Standards and Regulations
Connection in acc. with standard CSA
IEC 60947-7-2
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V0
Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 4.0 27141118
eCl@ss 4.1 27141118
eCl@ss 5.0 27141118
eCl@ss 5.1 27141118
eCl@ss 6.0 27141141
eCl@ss 7.0 27141141
eCl@ss 8.0 27141141
eCl@ss 9.0 27141141
ETIM
ETIM 2.0 EC000901
ETIM 3.0 EC000901
ETIM 4.0 EC000901
ETIM 5.0 EC000901
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 6.01 30211811
UNSPSC 7.0901 39121410
UNSPSC 11 39121410
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3210596
07/15/2016 Page 4 / 5
Protective conductor double-level terminal block - PTTB 2,5- PE - 3210596
Classifications
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 12.01 39121410
UNSPSC 13.2 39121410
Approvals
Approvals
Approvals
CSA / UL Recognized / cUL Recognized / RS / ABS / NK / BV / VDE Zeichengenehmigung / IECEE CB Scheme / EAC / NK / EAC / DNV GL / cULus Recognized
Ex Approvals
ATEX / IECEx / EAC Ex
Approvals submitted
Approval details
CSA
mm²/AWG/kcmil 26-12
UL Recognized
B C
mm²/AWG/kcmil 26-12 26-12
cUL Recognized
B C
mm²/AWG/kcmil 26-12 26-12
RS
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3210596
07/15/2016 Page 5 / 5
Protective conductor double-level terminal block - PTTB 2,5- PE - 3210596
Approvals
ABS
NK
BV
VDE Zeichengenehmigung
mm²/AWG/kcmil 0.2-2.5
IECEE CB Scheme
mm²/AWG/kcmil 2.5
EAC
NK
EAC
DNV GL
cULus Recognized
Phoenix Contact 2016 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3211797
11/25/2016 Page 1 / 6
Feed-through terminal block - PT 4-QUATTRO - 3211797
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
Feed-through terminal block, Connection method: Push-in connection, Cross section: 0.2 mm² - 6 mm², AWG: 24 - 10, Width: 6.2 mm, Height: 35.3 mm, Color: gray, Mounting type: NS 35/7,5, NS 35/15 Why buy this product
The Push-in connection terminal blocks are characterized by the system features of the CLIPLINE complete system and by easy and tool-free wiring of conductors with ferrules or solid conductors
The compact design and front connection enable wiring in a confined space In addition to the testing facility in the double function shaft, all terminal blocks provide an additional test connection Tested for railway applications
Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 50 STK
Minimum order quantity 50 STK
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 14.150 g
Custom tariff number 85369040
Country of origin Poland
Technical data
General
Number of levels 1
Number of connections 4
Potentials 1
Nominal cross section 4 mm²
Color gray
Insulating material PA
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V0
Area of application Railway industry
Machine building
Plant engineering
Process industry
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3211797
11/25/2016 Page 2 / 6
Feed-through terminal block - PT 4-QUATTRO - 3211797
Technical data
General
Rated surge voltage 8 kV
Degree of pollution 3
Overvoltage category III
Insulating material group I
Maximum load current
38 A (In the case of a 6 mm² conductor cross section, the maximum load current must not be exceeded by the total current of all connected conductors)
Nominal current IN 32 A
Nominal voltage UN 800 V
Open side panel Yes
Shock protection test specification DIN EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514):2002-11 Back of the hand protection guaranteed
Finger protection guaranteed
Result of surge voltage test Test passed
Surge voltage test setpoint 9.8 kV
Result of power-frequency withstand voltage test Test passed Power frequency withstand voltage setpoint 2 kV
Result of the test for mechanical stability of terminal points (5 x conductor connection) Test passed
Result of bending test Test passed
Bending test rotation speed 10 rpm
Bending test turns 135
Bending test conductor cross section/weight 0.2 mm² / 0.2 kg 4 mm² / 0.9 kg
6 mm2 / 1.4 kg
Tensile test result Test passed
Conductor cross section tensile test 0.2 mm²
Tractive force setpoint 10 N
Conductor cross section tensile test 4 mm²
Tractive force setpoint 60 N
Conductor cross section tensile test 6 mm²
Tractive force setpoint 80 N
Result of tight fit on support Test passed
Tight fit on carrier NS 35
Setpoint 1 N
Result of voltage-drop test Test passed
Requirements, voltage drop ≤ 3.2 mV
Result of temperature-rise test Test passed
Short circuit stability result Test passed
Conductor cross section short circuit testing 4 mm²
Short-time current 0.48 kA
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3211797
11/25/2016 Page 3 / 6
Feed-through terminal block - PT 4-QUATTRO - 3211797
Technical data
General
Conductor cross section short circuit testing 6 mm²
Short-time current 0.72 kA
Result of aging test Test passed
Ageing test for screwless modular terminal block temperature cycles 192 Result of thermal test Test passed
Proof of thermal characteristics (needle flame) effective duration 30 s Oscillation, broadband noise test result Test passed
Test specification, oscillation, broadband noise DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115-200):2008-03 Test spectrum Service life test category 2, bogie mounted Test frequency f1 = 5 Hz to f2 = 250 Hz
ASD level 6.12 (m/s2
)
2 /Hz
Acceleration 3.12 g
Test duration per axis 5 h
Test directions X-, Y- and Z-axis
Shock test result Test passed
Test specification, shock test DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115-200):2008-03 Shock form Half-sine
Acceleration 30g
Shock duration 18 ms
Number of shocks per direction 3
Test directions X-, Y- and Z-axis (pos. and neg.)
Relative insulation material temperature index (Elec., UL 746 B) 130 °C Temperature index of insulation material (DIN EN 60216-1 (VDE 0304-21)) 130 °C
Static insulating material application in cold -60 °C
Behavior in fire for rail vehicles (DIN 5510-2) Test passed Flame test method (DIN EN 60695-11-10) V0
Oxygen index (DIN EN ISO 4589-2) >32 %
NF F16-101, NF F10-102 Class I 2
NF F16-101, NF F10-102 Class F 2
Surface flammability NFPA 130 (ASTM E 162) passed
Specific optical density of smoke NFPA 130 (ASTM E 662) passed Smoke gas toxicity NFPA 130 (SMP 800C) passed
Calorimetric heat release NFPA 130 (ASTM E 1354) 28 MJ/kg Fire protection for rail vehicles (DIN EN 45545-2) R22 HL 1 - HL 3 Fire protection for rail vehicles (DIN EN 45545-2) R23 HL 1 - HL 3 Fire protection for rail vehicles (DIN EN 45545-2) R24 HL 1 - HL 3 Fire protection for rail vehicles (DIN EN 45545-2) R26 HL 1 - HL 3 Dimensions
Width 6.2 mm
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3211797
11/25/2016 Page 4 / 6
Feed-through terminal block - PT 4-QUATTRO - 3211797
Technical data
Dimensions
End cover width 2.2 mm
Length 77 mm
Height 35.3 mm
Height NS 35/7,5 36.5 mm
Height NS 35/15 44 mm
Connection data
Connection method Push-in connection
Connection in acc. with standard IEC 60947-7-1
Conductor cross section solid min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section solid max. 6 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG min. 24
Conductor cross section AWG max. 10
Conductor cross section flexible min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section flexible max. 4 mm²
Min. AWG conductor cross section, flexible 24
Max. AWG conductor cross section, flexible 12
Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule without plastic sleeve min. 0.25 mm² Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule without plastic sleeve max. 4 mm² Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule with plastic sleeve min. 0.25 mm² Conductor cross section flexible, with ferrule with plastic sleeve max. 4 mm² 2 conductors with same cross section, stranded, TWIN ferrules with plastic sleeve, min. 0.5 mm²
2 conductors with same cross section, stranded, TWIN ferrules with plastic sleeve, max. 1 mm²
Stripping length 10 mm ... 12 mm
Internal cylindrical gage A4
Standards and Regulations
Connection in acc. with standard CSA
IEC 60947-7-1
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V0
Environmental Product Compliance
China RoHS Environmentally friendly use period: unlimited = EFUP-e No hazardous substances above threshold values
Approvals
Approvals
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3211797
11/25/2016 Page 5 / 6
Feed-through terminal block - PT 4-QUATTRO - 3211797
Approvals
Approvals
UL Recognized / cUL Recognized / CSA / LR / VDE Gutachten mit Fertigungsüberwachung / IECEE CB Scheme / EAC / BV / EAC / NK / DNV GL / PRS / cULus Recognized
Ex Approvals
ATEX / IECEx / EAC Ex
Approval details
UL Recognized http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm FILE E 60425 B C
mm²/AWG/kcmil 24-10 24-10
Nominal current IN 30 A 30 A
Nominal voltage UN 600 V 600 V
cUL Recognized http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm FILE E 60425 B C
mm²/AWG/kcmil 24-10 24-10
Nominal current IN 30 A 30 A
Nominal voltage UN 600 V 600 V
CSA http://www.csagroup.org/services/testing-and-certification/certified-product-listing/ 13631 B C
mm²/AWG/kcmil 24-10 24-10
Nominal current IN 30 A 30 A
Nominal voltage UN 600 V 600 V
LR http://www.lr.org/en 12/20038 (E2)
VDE Gutachten mit Fertigungsüberwachung http://www.vde.com/en/Institute/OnlineService/VDE-approved-products/Pages/OnlineSearch.aspx 40036696 mm²/AWG/kcmil 0.2-4.0
Nominal current IN 32 A
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3211797
11/25/2016 Page 6 / 6
Feed-through terminal block - PT 4-QUATTRO - 3211797
Approvals
Nominal voltage UN 800 V
IECEE CB Scheme http://www.iecee.org/ DE1-55168_M1
mm²/AWG/kcmil 0.2-4
Nominal current IN 32 A
Nominal voltage UN 800 V
EAC EAC-Zulassung
BV http://www.veristar.com/portal/veristarinfo/generalinfo/approved/approvedProducts/equipmentAndMaterials 39980/A0 BV EAC 7500651.22.01.00246
NK http://www.classnk.or.jp/hp/en/ 14ME0913
DNV GL https://www.dnvgl.com/ TAE000010T
PRS http://www.prs.pl/ TE/2107/880590/16
cULus Recognized http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm Phoenix Contact 2016 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 1 / 9
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
Extract from the online
catalog
PTTB 2,5
Order No.: 3210567
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3210567 Double-level terminal block, Cross section: 0.14 mm² - 4 mm², AWG: 26 - 12, Connection type: Push-in connection, Width: 5.2 mm, Color: gray, Mounting type: NS 35/7.5, NS 35/15
Commercial data
EAN
4 046356 418980
sales group A632
Pack 50 Pcs.
Customs tariff 85369010
Gross weight in pieces 0.012897 KG
Net weight per piece 0.012786 KG
Catalog page information Page 99 (CL1-2011)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
06/16/2008
http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation. The
General Terms and Conditions of
Use apply to Internet downloads.
Technical data
General
Number of levels 2
Number of connections 4
Color gray
Insulating material PA
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
PTTB 2,5 Order No.: 3210567
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3210567 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 2 / 9
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
Dimensions
Width 5.2 mm
Length 68 mm
Height NS 35/7,5 47.5 mm
Height NS 35/15 55 mm
Technical data
Rated surge voltage 6 kV
Pollution degree 3
Surge voltage category III
Insulating material group I
Connection in acc. with standard IEC 60947-7-1
Nominal current IN 22 A
Nominal voltage UN 500 V
Open side panel ja
Shock protection test specification DIN EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514):2002-11 Back of the hand protection guaranteed
Finger protection guaranteed
Surge voltage test setpoint 7.3 kV
Result of surge voltage test Test passed
Power frequency withstand voltage setpoint 1.89 kV
Result of power-frequency withstand voltage test Test passed Checking the mechanical stability of terminal
points (5 x conductor connection)
Test passed
Bending test rotation speed 10 rpm
Bending test turns 135
Bending test conductor cross section/weight 0.14 mm² / 0.2 kg
2.5 mm² / 0.7 kg
4 mm² / 0.9 kg
Result of bending test Test passed
Conductor cross section tensile test 0.14 mm²
Tractive force setpoint 10 N
Conductor cross section tensile test 2.5 mm²
Tractive force setpoint 50 N
Conductor cross section tensile test 4 mm²
Tractive force setpoint 60 N
PTTB 2,5 Order No.: 3210567
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3210567 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 3 / 9
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
Tensile test result Test passed
Tight fit on carrier NS 35
Setpoint 1 N
Result of tight fit test Test passed
Requirements, voltage drop ≤ 3.2 mV
Result of voltage drop test Test passed
Temperature-rise test Test passed
Conductor cross section short circuit testing 2.5 mm²
Short-time current 0.3 kA
Conductor cross section short circuit testing 4 mm²
Short-time current 0.48 kA
Short circuit stability result Test passed
Ageing test for screwless modular terminal block
temperature cycles
192
Result of aging test Test passed
Proof of thermal characteristics (needle flame)
effective duration
30 s
Result of thermal test Test passed
Test specification, oscillation, broadband noise DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115-200):2008-03 Test spectrum Service life test category 1, class B, on vehicle body Test frequency f1 = 5 Hz to f2 = 150 Hz
ASD level 0.02 g²/Hz
Acceleration 0.8 g
Test duration per axis 5 h
Test directions X-, Y- and Z-axis
Oscillation, broadband noise test result Test passed
Test specification, shock test DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115-200):2008-03 Shock form Half-sine
Acceleration 5 g
Shock duration 30 ms
Number of shocks per direction 3
Test directions X-, Y- and Z-axis (pos. and neg.)
Shock test result Test passed
Temperature index, insulating material (DIN EN
60216-1 (VDE 0304-21))
130 °C
PTTB 2,5 Order No.: 3210567
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3210567 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 4 / 9
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
Connection data
Conductor cross section solid min. 0.14 mm²
Conductor cross section solid max. 4 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded min. 0.14 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded max. 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil min. 26
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil max 12
Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule
without plastic sleeve min.
0.14 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule
without plastic sleeve max.
2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule
with plastic sleeve min.
0.14 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule
with plastic sleeve max.
2.5 mm²
2 conductors with same cross section, stranded,
TWIN ferrules with plastic sleeve, max.
0.5 mm²
Connection method Push-in connection
Stripping length 10 mm
Internal cylindrical gage A3
Certificates / Approvals
Certification CSA, cULus Recognized, GOST, VDE Zeichengenehmigung, ABS, BV, GL, LR, NK, RS, IECEE CB Scheme
Certification Ex: ATEX, IECEx
Certifications applied for:
Accessories
Item Designation Description
Assembly
3030747 ATP-STTB 4 Partition plate, Length: 88.7 mm, Width: 2 mm, Height: 53 mm, Color: gray
PTTB 2,5 Order No.: 3210567
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3210567 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 5 / 9
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
3022218 CLIPFIX 35 Snap-on end bracket, for 35 mm NS 35/7.5 or NS 35/15 DIN rail, can be fitted with Zack strip ZB 8 and ZB 8/27, terminal strip marker KLM 2 and KLM, width: 9.5 mm, color: gray
3022276 CLIPFIX 35-5 Quick mounting end clamp for NS 35/7,5 DIN rail or NS 35/15 DIN rail, can be fitted with ZB 5 and ZBF 5 zack marker strip, KLM 2, KLM3, and KML3L terminal strip marker, parking option for FBS...5, FBS...6, KSS 5, KSS 6, width: 5.15 mm, color: gray 0801704 NS 35/ 7,5 AL UNPERF
2000MM
DIN rail, material: Aluminum, unperforated, height 7.5 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2 m
1206560 NS 35/ 7,5 CAP DIN rail end piece, for DIN rail NS 35/7.5 0801762 NS 35/ 7,5 CU UNPERF
2000MM
DIN rail, material: Copper, unperforated, height 7.5 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2 m
0801733 NS 35/ 7,5 PERF 2000MM DIN rail, material: steel galvanized and passivated with a thick layer, perforated, height 7.5 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2000 mm 0801681 NS 35/ 7,5 UNPERF 2000MM DIN rail, material: Steel, unperforated, height 7.5 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2 m
1204119 NS 35/ 7,5 WH PERF 2000MM DIN rail 35 mm (NS 35) 1204122 NS 35/ 7,5 WH UNPERF
2000MM
DIN rail 35 mm (NS 35)
1206421 NS 35/ 7,5 ZN PERF 2000MM DIN rail, material: Galvanized, perforated, height 7.5 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2 m
1206434 NS 35/ 7,5 ZN UNPERF
2000MM
DIN rail, material: Galvanized, unperforated, height 7.5 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2 m
1201756 NS 35/15 AL UNPERF 2000MM DIN rail, deep drawn, high profile, unperforated, 1.5 mm thick, material: aluminum, height 15 mm, width 35 mm, length 2000 mm 1206573 NS 35/15 CAP DIN rail end piece, for DIN rail NS 35/15 1201895 NS 35/15 CU UNPERF 2000MM DIN rail, material: Copper, unperforated, 1.5 mm thick, height 15 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2 m
1201730 NS 35/15 PERF 2000MM DIN rail, material: steel galvanized and passivated with a thick layer, perforated, height 15 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2000 mm 1201714 NS 35/15 UNPERF 2000MM DIN rail, material: Steel, unperforated, height 15 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2 m
0806602 NS 35/15 WH PERF 2000MM DIN rail 35 mm (NS 35)
1204135 NS 35/15 WH UNPERF 2000MM DIN rail 35 mm (NS 35) 1206599 NS 35/15 ZN PERF 2000MM DIN rail, material: Galvanized, perforated, height 15 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2 m
1206586 NS 35/15 ZN UNPERF 2000MM DIN rail, material: Galvanized, unperforated, height 15 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2 m
1201798 NS 35/15-2,3 UNPERF 2000MM DIN rail, material: Steel, unperforated, 2.3 mm thick, height 15 mm, width 35 mm, length: 2 m
Bridges
3030161 FBS 2-5 Plug-in bridge, Number of positions: 2, Color: red
PTTB 2,5 Order No.: 3210567
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3210567 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 6 / 9
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
3030174 FBS 3-5 Plug-in bridge, Number of positions: 3, Color: red 3030187 FBS 4-5 Plug-in bridge, Number of positions: 4, Color: red 3030190 FBS 5-5 Plug-in bridge, Number of positions: 5, Color: red 3030213 FBS 10-5 Plug-in bridge, Number of positions: 10, Color: red 3030226 FBS 20-5 Plug-in bridge, Number of positions: 20, Color: red 3038930 FBS 50-5 Plug-in bridge, Number of positions: 50, Color: red Covers
3211634 D-PTTB 2,5 End cover, Length: 68 mm, Width: 2.2 mm, Color: gray General
0800886 E/NS 35 N End clamp, width: 9.5 mm, color: gray 3032185 FBS-PV Vertical potential bridge, to connect the upper and lower level 3048564 PS-8/2,3MM RD Test adapter, Color: red
Marking
0800967 STP 5-2 Double marker carrier, snaps onto the double-level spring-cage terminal block STTB 2.5 and STTB 4, labeled with ZB 5 or ZBF 5 0800970 STP 5-2/S Double marker carrier, snaps onto the double-level spring-cage terminal block ZFKK 1,5, with MSTBV or ICV pick-off
0818153 UC-TMF 5 Marker for terminal blocks, Sheet, white, Unlabeled, Can be labeled with: Bluemark, Plotter, BLUEMARK CLED, Mounting type: Snap into flat marker groove, For terminal block width: 5.2 mm, Lettering field: 4.6 x 5.1 mm
0824638 UC-TMF 5 CUS Marker for terminal blocks, Can be ordered: By sheet, white, Labeled according to customer specifications, Mounting type:
Snap into flat marker groove, For terminal block width: 5.2 mm, Lettering field: 4.6 x 5.1 mm
0828744 UCT-TMF 5 Marker for terminal blocks, Sheet, white, Unlabeled, Can be labeled with: Thermomark C+, Thermomark C, Bluemark,
BLUEMARK CLED, Mounting type: Snap into flat marker groove, For terminal block width: 5.2 mm, Lettering field: 4.4 x 4.7 mm 0829658 UCT-TMF 5 CUS Marker for terminal blocks, Can be ordered: By sheet, white, Labeled according to customer specifications, Mounting type:
Snap into flat marker groove, For terminal block width: 5.2 mm, Lettering field: 4.4 x 4.7 mm
0825025 ZBF 5 CUS Zack Marker strip, flat, Can be ordered: Strip, white, Labeled according to customer specifications, Mounting type: Snap into flat marker groove, For terminal block width: 5 mm, Lettering field:
5.15 x 5.15 mm
0808642 ZBF 5:UNBEDRUCKT Zack Marker strip, flat, Strip, white, Unlabeled, Can be labeled with: Plotter, Mounting type: Snap into flat marker groove, For terminal block width: 5 mm, Lettering field: 5.1 x 5.2 mm
PTTB 2,5 Order No.: 3210567
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3210567 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 7 / 9
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
Plug/Adapter
3036725 DP PS-5 Spacer plate, Color: red
3002843 ISH 2,5/0,2 Insulation stop sleeve, Color: white 3002856 ISH 2,5/0,5 Insulation stop sleeve, Color: gray 3002869 ISH 2,5/1,0 Insulation stop sleeve, Color: black 0201731 MPS-IH BK Insulating sleeve, Color: black
0201689 MPS-IH BU Insulating sleeve, Color: blue
0201702 MPS-IH GN Insulating sleeve, Color: green
0201728 MPS-IH GY Insulating sleeve, Color: gray
0201676 MPS-IH RD Insulating sleeve, Color: red
0201663 MPS-IH WH Insulating sleeve, Color: white
0201692 MPS-IH YE Insulating sleeve, Color: yellow
0201744 MPS-MT Test plugs
3032871 PAI-4-N GY Test adapter, Color: gray
3030983 PS-5 Test adapter, Color: red
3038723 PS-5/2,3MM RD Test plugs, Color: red
3038736 PS-6/2,3MM RD Test plugs, Color: red
Software
5146040 CLIP-PROJECT ADVANCED Multilingual software for easy planning of Phoenix Contact on DIN rails together with the integrated TRABTECH-select software module for planning comprehensive surge protection concepts. 5146053 CLIP-PROJECT
PROFESSIONAL
Multi-lingual software for terminal strip project planning. A marking module allows professional labeling of markers and labels for marking terminal blocks, conductors, cables and devices. The additionally integrated software module TRABTECH-select for planning comprehensive surge protection concepts.
Tools
1204517 SZF 1-0,6X3,5 Actuation tool, for ST terminal blocks, also suitable for use as a bladed screwdriver, size: 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, 2-component grip, with non-slip grip
PTTB 2,5 Order No.: 3210567
http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=3210567 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 8 / 9
http://www.phoenixcontact.com Dec 3, 2012
Drawings
Circuit diagram
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3022276
07/15/2016 Page 1 / 2
End clamp - CLIPFIX 35-5 - 3022276
Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user's documentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid (http://phoenixcontact.com/download)
Quick mounting end clamp for NS 35/7,5 DIN rail or NS 35/15 DIN rail, with marking option, with parking option for FBS...5, FBS...6, KSS 5, KSS 6, width: 5.15 mm, color: gray Why buy this product
■ Phoenix Contact has engineered its CLIPFIX end brackets to maintain a secure grip on the various DIN rail systems ■ Design width of just 5.2 mm
■ Parking option for bridges and plugs
■ Large-surface labeling
Key Commercial Data
Packing unit 50 STK
Minimum order quantity 50 STK
GTIN
Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 5.13 g
Custom tariff number 39269099
Country of origin Germany
Technical data
Dimensions
Height 35 mm
Length 48.5 mm
Width 5.15 mm
General
Material PA
Color gray
Standards and Regulations
Flammability rating according to UL 94 V2
https://www.phoenixcontact.com/ca/products/3022276
07/15/2016 Page 2 / 2
End clamp - CLIPFIX 35-5 - 3022276
Classifications
eCl@ss
eCl@ss 4.0 27141199
eCl@ss 4.1 27141199
eCl@ss 5.0 27141135
eCl@ss 5.1 27141135
eCl@ss 6.0 27141135
eCl@ss 7.0 27141135
eCl@ss 8.0 27141135
eCl@ss 9.0 27141135
ETIM
ETIM 2.0 EC000761
ETIM 3.0 EC001041
ETIM 4.0 EC001041
ETIM 5.0 EC001041
UNSPSC
UNSPSC 6.01 30212109
UNSPSC 7.0901 39121708
UNSPSC 11 39121708
UNSPSC 12.01 39121708
UNSPSC 13.2 39121708
Phoenix Contact 2016 © - all rights reserved
http://www.phoenixcontact.com
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 1 / 6
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 11-Jan-2012
Extract from the online
catalog
TRIO-PS/ 3AC/24DC/10
Order No.: 2866459
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2866459 Commercial data
EAN
4 046356 046701
Pack 1 pcs.
Customs tariff 85044094
Catalog page information Page 593 (IF-2011)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
Sep/06/2006
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation at http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com.
The General Terms and Conditions
of Use apply to Internet downloads.
Product description
TRIO POWER is the DIN-rail-mountable power supply unit with basic functions. With an output voltage of 5 V DC, 12 V DC, 24 V DC, and 48 V DC and 1- and 3-phase versions with 60 W or 960 W, it is particularly suited for use in series production in mechanical engineering. The wide-range input and international certification package allow worldwide implementation.
The high MTBF of 500,000 h stands for high supply reliability. The devices can be connected in parallel to increase the capacity and redundancy.
The clear LED signaling and the device connection with double terminal block for plus and minus for fast potential distribution are further advantages of this device series. A third minus terminal block simplifies the grounding on the secondary side. All power supply units are idle-proof and short-circuit-proof and provide a regulated and adjustable output voltage.
TRIO-PS/ 3AC/24DC/10 Order No.: 2866459
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2866459 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 2 / 6
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 11-Jan-2012
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage 2x / 3x 400 V AC ... 500 V AC
AC input voltage range 3x 320 V AC ... 575 V AC (for 3-phase operation) 2x 360 V AC ... 575 V AC (for 2-phase operation)
AC frequency range 45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Current consumption Approx. 3x 0.6 A (400 V AC)
3x 0.5 A (480 V AC)
Inrush surge current < 15 A
Power failure bypass > 20 ms (400 V AC)
> 25 ms (480 V AC)
Permissible backup fuse B6
B10
B16
Required backup fuse (device and line protection) (externally via 3 circuit breakers 6 A, 10 A or 16 A, characteristic B)
Power factor (cos phi) 0.59
Type of protection Transient surge protection
Protective circuit/component Varistor
Output data
Nominal output voltage 24 V DC ±1%
Setting range of the output voltage 22.5 V DC ... 29.5 V DC (> 24 V constant capacity) Output current 10 A (-25°C ... 55°C)
Derating 55 °C ... 70 °C (2.5%/K)
Connection in parallel Yes, for redundancy and increased capacity Connection in series Yes
Max. capacitive load Unlimited
Current limitation Approx. 15 A
Control deviation < 1 % (change in load, static 10% ... 90%) < 2 % (change in load, dynamic 10% ... 90%)
< 0.1 % (change in input voltage ±10%)
Residual ripple < 10 mVPP
Peak switching voltages nominal load < 30 mVPP
Maximum power dissipation idling 6 W
Power loss nominal load max. 28 W
TRIO-PS/ 3AC/24DC/10 Order No.: 2866459
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2866459 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 3 / 6
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 11-Jan-2012
General data
Width 60 mm
Height 130 mm
Depth 152.5 mm
Net weight 1.3 kg
Operating voltage display Green LED
Efficiency > 89 % (at 400 V AC and nominal values)
Insulation voltage input/output 4 kV AC (type test)
2 kV AC (routine test)
Degree of protection IP20
Protection class I, with PE connection
MTBF (IEC 61709, SN 29500) > 500000 h
Ambient temperature (operation) -25 °C ... 70 °C (> 55° C derating) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -40 °C ... 85 °C Max. permissible relative humidity (operation) 95 % (at 25 °C, no condensation) Mounting position horizontal DIN rail NS 35, EN 60715
Assembly instructions Can be aligned: Horizontally 0 mm, vertically 50 mm Electromagnetic compatibility Conformance with EMC Directive 2004/108/EC Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2:2005
Low Voltage Directive Conformance with LV directive 2006/95/EC Standard – Electrical equipment of machines EN 60204
Standard - Safety of transformers EN 61558-2-17
Standard - Electrical safety EN 60950-1/VDE 0805 (SELV) EN 61558-2-17
Standard – Electronic equipment for use in
electrical power installations and their assembly
into electrical power installations
EN 50178/VDE 0160 (PELV)
Standard – Safety extra-low voltage EN 60950-1 (SELV)
EN 60204 (PELV)
Standard - Safe isolation DIN VDE 0100-410
DIN VDE 0106-1010
Standard – Protection against electric shock DIN 57100-410 Standard – Protection against shock currents,
basic requirements for protective separation in
electrical equipment
DIN VDE 0106-101
Standard – Limitation of mains harmonic currents EN 61000-3-2
TRIO-PS/ 3AC/24DC/10 Order No.: 2866459
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2866459 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 4 / 6
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 11-Jan-2012
UL approvals UL/C-UL listed UL 508
UL/C-UL Recognized UL 60950
Surge voltage category III
Connection data, input
Connection method Screw connection
Conductor cross section solid min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section solid max. 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded max. 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil min. 24
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil max 14
Stripping length 9 mm
Screw thread M2,5
Connection data, output
Connection method Screw connection
Conductor cross section solid min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section solid max. 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded min. 0.2 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded max. 2.5 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil min. 16
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil max 12
Stripping length 9 mm
Signaling
Status display "DC OK" LED green
Note on status display UOUT > 21.5 V: LED lights up
Drawings
Block diagram
TRIO-PS/ 3AC/24DC/10 Order No.: 2866459
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2866459 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 5 / 6
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 11-Jan-2012
Dimensioned drawing
TRIO-PS/ 3AC/24DC/10 Order No.: 2866459
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2866459 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 6 / 6
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 11-Jan-2012
Address
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd
8240 Parkhill Drive
Milton, Ontario L9T 5V7,Canada
Phone (800) 890-2820
Fax (905) 864-7900
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca
© 2012 Phoenix Contact
Technical modifications reserved;
Subject to change without notice PH (763) 422-2211 • FX (763) 422-2600 • hoffmanonline.com © 2010 Pentair Technical Products 3 Accessories: Hole Seals
Hole Seals
Spec-00182 C
HOL-SEALERS® Non-Metallic Hole Seals
Industry Standards
UL 508A Component Recognized; Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13; File No.
E61997
CSA File No. 42186: Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
IEC 60529, IP66
Application
Designed for use in corrosive environments to seal extra pushbutton holes, conduit openings and knockout openings against dust, dirt, oil and water. These hole seals are suitable for sealing enclosure openings in industries such as petroleum and chemical processing, wastewater processing, pulp and paper, outdoor monitoring and any other industry exposed to harsh environments.
Innovative 3-in-1 self-centering design
• Thread self-centers on one hole size
• Nut orientation “A” self-centers on a second hole size (see Nut Orientation drawing)
• Nut orientation “B” self-centers on a third hole size Features
• Innovative 3-in-1 self-centering design reduces inventory requirements; 4 models cover 12 common industry cutouts ranging from 1/2 in. to 4 in.
• Non-metallic construction provides superior corrosion resistance for reliability in harsh environments
• UV stabilized; ideal for direct sunlight (avoids fiberbloom associated with fiberglass)
• Chemically resistant to a broad range of chemicals
• Durable and impact resistant; resists cracking
• Sold in quantities of 2 per catalog number
• Cost-effective alternative to stainless steel
• Polyester material has a UL 94 rating of 5VA
• Easy to install; no tools required
Specifications
• Thread and nut are constructed of non-glass-filled polyester • Oil-resistant gasket
Finish
RAL 7035 light-gray textured finish
Bulletin: A80HS
Standard Product Non-Metallic Hole Seals
Catalog Number AxBxC in./mm Qty.
D
in./mm
E
in./mm
F
in./mm
Max. Hole
Diameter
in./mm
Outside
Diameter
in./mm Torque (in. lbs.)
ASPB05075NM 1.56 x 0.85 x 0.12
40 x 22 x 3
2 1.28
32 1.48
38 .47
12 1.28
33 1.56
40 15
ASPB100125NM 2.19 x 1.19 x 0.12
56 x 30 x 3
2 1.18
30 2.14
54 .51
13 1.91
49 2.19
56 20
AS150200250NM 3.50 x 1.95 x 0.12
89 x 49 x 3
2 .95
24 3.42
87 .51
13 3.14
80 3.50
89 35
AS300350400NM 5.12 x 3.55 x 0.12
130 x 90 x 3
2 .81
21 5.05
128
.51
13 4.77
121
5.12 130
50
4 Subject to change without notice PH (763) 422-2211 • FX (763) 422-2600 • hoffmanonline.com © 2010 Pentair Technical Products Accessories: Hole Seals
Hole Seals
Spec-00182 C
HOL-SEALERS® Fit These Hole Sizes
Catalog Number Fits
Min. Hole
Dia. (inch)
Min. Hole
Dia. (millimeter)
Nut
Orientation
ASPB05075NM .5-in. conduit holes .86 22 A
22.5-mm pushbutton holes .88 22 A
.75-in. conduit holes 1.09 28 A
ASPB100125NM 30.5-mm pushbutton holes 1.20 31 A
1-in. conduit holes 1.36 35 B
1.25-in. conduit holes 1.70 43 A
AS150200250NM 1.5-in. conduit holes 1.95 50 A
2-in. conduit holes 2.38 60 B
2.5-in. conduit holes 2.88 73 A
AS300350400NM 3-in. conduit holes 3.50 89 A
3.5-in. conduit holes 4.00 102 B
4-in. conduit holes 4.50 114 A
AC / DC Control supply Type AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96 IEC AC-3 Rated operational power
θ ≤ 60 °C for AF09 ... AF370
θ ≤ 55 °C for AF400 ... AF2650
220 - 230 - 240 V kW 2.2 3 4 6.5 9 11 11 15 18.5 22 25
380 - 400 V kW 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 18.5 22 30 37 45
415 V kW 4 5.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
440 V kW 4 5.5 9 15 18.5 22 22 30 37 45 55
500 V kW 5.5 7.5 9 15 18.5 22 22 30 37 45 55
690 V kW 5.5 7.5 9 15 18.5 22 22 30 37 45 55
1000 V kW — — — — — — — — — 35 40
Rated operational current 380 - 400 V A 9 12 18 26 32 38 40 53 65 80 96 AC-1 Rated operational current θ ≤ 40 °C, 690 V A 25 28 30 45 50 50 70 100 105 125 130 UL / CSA 1-phase motor rating 120 V hp 0.75 1 1.5 2 2 2 3 3 5 7.5 7.5 240 V hp 1.5 2 3 3 5 5 7.5 10 15 15 20
3-phase motor rating 200 - 208 V hp 2 3 5 7.5 10 10 10 15 20 25 30 220 - 240 V hp 2 3 5 7.5 10 10 15 20 25 30 30
440 - 480 V hp 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 60
550 - 600 V hp 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 75
General use rating 600 V A 25 28 30 45 50 50 60 80 90 105 115 NEMA NEMA Size 00 0 — 1 — — 2 — — 3 —
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting CA4-10 (1 x N.O.) CA4-01 (1 x N.C.)
Side mounting CAL4-11 (1 x N.O. + 1 x N.C.)
Timers Electronic TEF4-ON
TEF4-OFF
Interlocking units Mechanical VM4 VM96-4
Mechanical / Electrical VEM4
Connection sets For reversing contactors BER16-4 BER38-4 BER65-4 BER96-4 Surge suppressors Built-in surge protection
Overload relays
Thermal relays Class 10
(Class 10A for TF140, TA200DU)
TF42 (0.10…38 A) TF65 (22...67 A) TF96 (40...96 A)
Electronic relays Class 10E, 20E, 30E EF19 (0.10…18.9 A) EF19 (0.10…18.9 A) EF45 (9…45 A)
EF65 (20...70 A) EF96 (36...100 A)
Manual motor starters
Thermal / magnetic protection
Class 10
MS116 (0.10...32 A)
lcs up to 50 kA for class 10 A
MS165 (10...65 A)
lcs up to 100 kA (1)
MS5100 (40…100 A)
Ics up to 50 kA
MS132 (0.10...32 A)
lcs up to 100 kA
MS495 (45…100 A)
Ics up to 50 kA
MS497 (22…100 A)
Ics up to 100 kA
Magnetic only types MO132 (0.16...32 A)
Ics up to 100 kA
MO165 (16...65 A)
lcs up to 100 kA (1)
MO5100 (70…100 A)
Ics up to 36 kA
MO496 (32…100 A)
Ics up to 100 kA
MO495 (63…100 A)
Ics up to 50 kA
Accessories For contactor mounting BEA16-4 BEA38-4 BEA65-4 (2) (1) MS165/MO165 are suitable for use with AF09 ... AF30 for North american applications. (2) BEA65-4 suitable for MS165 and MO165 only.
3-pole contactors, for motor control and power switching 5/82 | ABB
5
1SBC101011V0014
AF09-30-10
1SBC101001V0014
AF26-30-00
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
4 to 18.5 kW
AC / DC operated
Description
AF09 ... AF38 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles. – control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500V 50/60 Hz and
20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening.
– built-in surge suppression
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit
voltage
Uc min. … Uc max.
Auxiliary
contacts
fitted
Type
(1)
Order code Weight
Pkg
(1 pce)
Rated operational 3-phase
motor
rating
General
use
rating
power current
θ ≤ 40 °C
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 25 5 25 24...60 - (2) 1 0 AF09-30-10-41 1SBL137001R4110 0.270 0 1 AF09-30-01-41 1SBL137001R4101 0.270
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF09-30-10-12 1SBL137001R1210 0.270 0 1 AF09-30-01-12 1SBL137001R1201 0.270
100...250 100...250 1 0 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310 0.270 0 1 AF09-30-01-13 1SBL137001R1301 0.270
250...500 250...500 1 0 AF09-30-10-14 1SBL137001R1410 0.310 0 1 AF09-30-01-14 1SBL137001R1401 0.310
5.5 28 7.5 28 24...60 - (2) 1 0 AF12-30-10-41 1SBL157001R4110 0.270 0 1 AF12-30-01-41 1SBL157001R4101 0.270
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF12-30-10-12 1SBL157001R1210 0.270 0 1 AF12-30-01-12 1SBL157001R1201 0.270
100...250 100...250 1 0 AF12-30-10-13 1SBL157001R1310 0.270 0 1 AF12-30-01-13 1SBL157001R1301 0.270
250...500 250...500 1 0 AF12-30-10-14 1SBL157001R1410 0.310 0 1 AF12-30-01-14 1SBL157001R1401 0.310
7.5 30 10 30 24...60 - (2) 1 0 AF16-30-10-41 1SBL177001R4110 0.270 0 1 AF16-30-01-41 1SBL177001R4101 0.270
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF16-30-10-12 1SBL177001R1210 0.270 0 1 AF16-30-01-12 1SBL177001R1201 0.270
100...250 100...250 1 0 AF16-30-10-13 1SBL177001R1310 0.270 0 1 AF16-30-01-13 1SBL177001R1301 0.270
250...500 250...500 1 0 AF16-30-10-14 1SBL177001R1410 0.310 0 1 AF16-30-01-14 1SBL177001R1401 0.310
11 45 15 45 24...60 - (2) 0 0 AF26-30-00-41 1SBL237001R4100 0.310
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF26-30-00-12 1SBL237001R1200 0.310 100...250 100...250 0 0 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 0.310 250...500 250...500 0 0 AF26-30-00-14 1SBL237001R1400 0.350 15 50 20 50 24...60 - (2) 0 0 AF30-30-00-41 1SBL277001R4100 0.310
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF30-30-00-12 1SBL277001R1200 0.310 100...250 100...250 0 0 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300 0.310 250...500 250...500 0 0 AF30-30-00-14 1SBL277001R1400 0.350
18.5 50 25 50 24...60 - (2) 0 0 AF38-30-00-41 1SBL297001R4100 0.310
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF38-30-00-12 1SBL297001R1200 0.310 100...250 100...250 0 0 AF38-30-00-13 1SBL297001R1300 0.310 250...500 250...500 0 0 AF38-30-00-14 1SBL297001R1400 0.350 (1) For other auxiliary contacts arrangements, please contact your ABB local sales organization. (2) For 24...60 V 50/60 Hz - 20...60 V DC, use AF..Z-30-..-21.
Main dimensions mm, inches
45 1.77"
80 3.15"
6 0.24"
77 3.03"
71 2.80"
5.5 0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
10 0.39"
5.5 0.22"
AF09, AF12, AF16
45 1.77"
80 3.15"
6 0.24"
86 3.39"
80 3.15"
10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
AF26, AF30, AF38
5/84 | ABB
1SBC101371S0201 - Rev. C
5
—
M I N I ATU R E CI RCU IT B R E A K ER S
SU200M Datasheet
Branch protection acc. to CSA C22.2 No.5 / UL 489
Features
• High performance MCB with 10 kA interrupting
capacity acc. to UL 489 / CSA 22.2 No. 5 and 15 kA
breaking capacity acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2
• Certified up to In = 40 A at 480 Y/277 V AC acc. to
UL 489 /CSA 22.2 No. 5
• Certified for AC and DC use acc. to UL and CSA
• 40 °C reference temperature acc. to UL and CSA
• Current limiting acc. to UL 489
• Clear contact position indication in red/green
(”real CPI“)
• Laser printing provides clear product information
on device
• Robust thermoplastic housing material for better
protection against external influences
• Unique, patented twin terminal for wiring
up to 35 mm² with captive screws
• Possibility to add more than one wire per terminal up to 25A —
01 SU201M / SU203M
miniature circuit breakers
The miniature circuit breaker SU200
M is ABB’s solution for UL 489 branch
circuit protection up to 480 Y/277 V
AC and 96 V DC. This circuit breaker
is an all-round device for AC and DC
applications for universal use in North
American and global markets due to
its approvals acc. to the international
standards UL, CSA and IEC. Moreover, SU 200 M is fully compatible with System pro M compact® UL 489 accessories.
Standards and approvals
Standards
UL 489
CSA 22.2. No. 5
IEC/EN 60947-2
Approvals
UL 489 US
CSA 22.2. No. 5 CA
VDE DE
CCC CN
—
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Technical data
General Data
Standards UL 489, CSA 22.2 No. 5, IEC/EN 60947-2
Poles 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
Tripping characteristics C, K, Z
Rated current In 0.2…63A
Rated frequency f 50 / 60 Hz, DC (0 Hz)
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1 250 Vac (phase to ground), 440 Vac (phase to phase) Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 3
Data acc. to UL / CSA
Rated voltage
1P: 240 Vac up to 63A
1P: 277 Vac up to 40A (C and Z characteristic)
1P: 277 Vac up to 35A (K characteristic)
1P: 48Vdc up to 63A
2P +: 480Y / 277 Vac up to 40A (C and Z characteristic) 2P +: 480Y / 277 Vac up to 35A (K characteristic)
2P +: 240 Vac up to 63A
2P +: 96 Vdc (2P in series)
Rated interrupting capacity acc. to UL 1077 -
Short-circuit current rating acc. to UL 489 10kA
Application -
Reference temperature for tripping characteristics 40 °C Electrical endurance 6,000 ops (AC), 6,000 ops. (DC); 1 cycle (1s - ON, 9s - OFF) Mechanical Data
Housing Insulation group II, RAL 7035
Toggle Insulation group II, black, sealable
Contact position indication CPI (red ON / green OFF)
Protection degree acc. to EN 60529 IP20, IP40 in enclosure with cover Mechanical endurance 20,000 ops.
Shock resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-27 25 g - 2 shocks - 13 ms Vibration resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 5g - 20 cycles at 5…150…5 Hz with load 0.8 I n
Environmental conditions (damp heat)
acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-30 28 cycles with 55°C/90-96% and 25°C/95-100% Ambient temperature -25 … +55 °C (with performance derating possibility) Storage temperature -40 … +70 °C
Installation
Terminal Failsafe bi-directional cylinder-lift terminal Cross-section of conductors (top / bottom) Solid, Stranded 35 mm2 / 35 mm2 Flexible 25 mm2 / 25 mm2
18 - 4 AWG
Cross-section of busbars (top / bottom) 10 mm2 / 10 mm2 14 - 8 AWG
Tightening Torque
2.8 Nm
AWG 18-16: 8.85 in-lbs.
AWG 14-10: 17.7 in-lbs.
AWG 8-4: 39.8 in-lbs.
Screwdriver No. 2 Pozidrive
Mounting On DIN rail 35 mm acc. to EN 60715 by fast clip Mounting position any
Supply optional
Dimensions and weight
Mounting dimensions acc. to DIN 43880 Mounting dimension 1 Pole dimensions (H x D x W) 88 x 69 x 17.5 mm
Pole weight approx. 115 g
Combination with aux. elements
Auxiliary contact Yes
Signal contact Yes
Shunt trip Yes
—
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200 M
Tripping characteristics
Tripping characteristics
Acc. to Tripping
characteristics
Rated current Thermal release 1) Electromagnetic release 2) Currents: Tripping time Range of
instantaneous
tripping
Tripping
time
conventional
non-tripping
current
conventional
tripping
current
I
n I1 I2
UL489
C
0.5 to 63 A 1.03 · In > 1 h 5 · In > 0.2 s
1.25 · In < 1 h 3) 10 · In < 0.2 s
K
0.5 to 63 A 1.03 · In > 1 h 10 · In > 0.2 s
1.25 · In < 1 h 3) 14 · In < 0.2 s
Z
0.5 to 63 A 1.03 · In > 1 h 2 · In > 0.2 s
1.25 · In < 1 h 3) 3 · In < 0.2 s
—
1) The thermal releases
are calibrated to a nominal reference ambient
temperature of 40 °C.
In the case of higher
ambient temperatures,
the current values fall
by approx. 6 % for each
10 K temperature rise.
2) The indicated tripping
values of electromagnetic tripping devices
apply to a frequency of
50/60 Hz. The thermal
release operates independent of frequency.
3) As from operating
temperature (after I1
> 1h)
C characteristic K characteristic Z characteristic
—
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Accessory overview and dimensional drawing
—
H:
Auxiliary contact
(S2C-H6RU)
S/H:
Signal contact
(S2C-S6RU)
ST:
Shunt trip for SU200M MCB
(S2C-A...U)
The certification of the
accessories has been done
with one accessory only.
The number of electrical
operations is limited to
4,000 operations for the
maximum combinations
and the combinations
including shunt trips.
H H
ST
SU203M
H H
H
H
S
S
System pro M compact®
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
for branch circuit protection acc. to UL 489
The miniature circuit breaker SU 200 M
is ABB’s solution for UL 489 branch circuit
protection up to 480 Y/277 V AC and
96 V DC. This circuit breaker is an allround device for AC and DC applications for universal use in North American and
global markets due to its approvals acc.
to the international standards UL, CSA
and IEC. Moreover, SU 200 M is fully
compatible with System pro M compact®
UL 489 accessories.
Features
− High performance MCB with 10 kA interrupting capacity acc. to UL 489 / CSA 22.2 No. 5 and 15 kA breaking capacity
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2
− Certified up to In
= 40 A at 480 Y/277 V AC acc. to UL 489 /
CSA 22.2 No. 5
− Certified for AC and DC use acc. to UL and CSA
− 40 °C reference temperature acc. to UL and CSA
− Current limiting acc. to UL 489
− Clear contact position indication in red/green (”real CPI“) 2CDC021004S0014
Standards
UL 489
CSA 22.2 No. 5
IEC/EN 60947-2
Approvals
UL 489 US
CSA 22.2 No. 5 CA
VDE DE
CCC CN
Standards and approvals
2CDC021046S0014
2 1SXP403001B0201
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Technical data
General Data
Standards UL 489, CSA 22.2 No. 5, IEC/EN 60947-2
Poles 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
Tripping characteristics C, K, Z
Rated current In
0.2 - 63 A
Rated frequency f 50 / 60 Hz, DC (0 Hz)
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1 250 V AC (phase to ground), 440 V AC (phase to phase) Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 3
IEC/EN 60947-2
Rated operational voltage Ue
1P: 230 V AC; 2P, 3P, 4P: 400 V AC
Max. power frequency recovery voltage Umax AC 1P: 253 V AC; 2P, 3P, 4P: 440 V AC Min. operating voltage 12 V AC, 12 V DC
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu 15 kA Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics ≤ 40 A: 11.25 kA > 40 A: 7.5 kA
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (1.2/50μs) 4 kV (test voltage 6.2 kV at sea level, 5 kV at 2,000 m) Dielectric test voltage 2 kV (50 / 60Hz, 1 min.)
Reference temperature for tripping characteristics 30 °C Electrical endurance In
< 30 A: 20,000 ops (AC), In ≥ 30 A: 10,000 ops. (AC);
1 cycle (2 s - ON, 13 s - OFF, In
≤ 32 A), 1 cycle (2 s - ON, 28 s - OFF, In > 32 A)
UL / CSA
Rated voltage AC
AC
AC
AC
DC
1P: 277 V AC up to 40 A for C, Z char.,
277 V AC up to 35 A for K char., 240 V AC
2P, 3P, 4P: 480 Y / 277 V AC up to 40 A for C, Z char., 480 Y / 277 V AC up to 35 A for K char., 240 V AC
1P: 48 V DC; 2P: 96 V DC (2p in series)
Rated interrupting capacity acc. to UL 1077 –
Short-circuit current rating acc. to UL 489 10 kA
Application –
Reference temperature for tripping characteristics 40 °C Electrical endurance 6,000 ops (AC), 6,000 ops. (DC); 1 cycle (1 s - ON, 9 s - OFF) Mechanical data
Housing Insulation group II, RAL 7035
Toggle Insulation group II, black, sealable
Contact position indication Real CPI (green OFF / red ON) Protection degree acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP20*, IP40 in enclosure with cover Mechanical endurance 20,000 ops.
Shock resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-27 25 g - 2 shocks - 13 ms Vibration resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 5g - 20 cycles at 5…150…5 Hz with load 0.8 In Environmental conditions (damp heat cyclic) acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-30 28 cycles with 55°C/90-96% and 25°C/95-100% Ambient temperature -25 … +55°C
Storage temperature -40 ... +70 °C
Installation
Terminal Failsafe bi-directional cylinder-lift terminal Cross-section of conductors (top/bottom) solid, stranded: 35 mm² / 35 mm² flexible: 25 mm2 / 25 mm2
18 – 4 AWG
Cross-section of busbars (top/bottom) 10 mm² / 10 mm²
18 – 8 AWG
Torque 2.8 Nm
AWG 18-16: 13.3 in-lbs.
AWG 14-10: 17.7 in-lbs.
AWG 8-4: 39.8 in-lbs.
Screwdriver No. 2 Pozidrive
Mounting On DIN rail 35 mm acc. to EN 60715 by fast clip Mounting position any
Supply optional
Dimensions and weight
Mounting dimensions acc. to DIN 43880 Mounting dimension 3 Pole dimensions (H x D x W) 111 x 69 x 17.5 mm
Pole weight approx. 125 g
Combination with auxiliary elements
Auxiliary contact Yes
Signal contact Yes
Shunt trip Yes
1SXP403001B0201 3
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Tripping characteristics
Tripping characteristics
Acc. to Tripping
characteristics
Rated
current
Thermal release 1) Electromagnetic release 2)
I
n
Currents:
conventional
non-tripping
current
I
1 conventional
tripping
current
I
2 Tripping
time
Range of
instantaneous
tripping
Tripping time
IEC/EN 60947-2 C 0.5 to 63 A 1.05 · In
1.3 · In
> 1 h
< 1 h 3)
5 · In
10 · In
> 0.2 s
< 0.2 s
K 0.2 to 63 A 1.05 · In
1.3 · In
> 1 h
< 1 h 3)
10 · In
14 · In
> 0.2 s
< 0.2 s
Z 0.5 to 63 A 1.05 · In
1.3 · In
> 1 h
< 1 h 3)
2 · In
3 · In
> 0.2 s
< 0.2 s
1) The thermal releases are calibrated to a nominal reference ambient temperature of 30 °C.
In the case of higher ambient temperatures, the current values fall by approx. 6 % for each 10 K temperature rise. 2) The indicated tripping values of electromagnetic tripping devices apply to a frequency of 50/60 Hz. The thermal release operates independent of frequency. 3) As from operating temperature (after I1 > 1h)
C characteristic
2CDC022002F0214
4 1SXP403001B0201
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Tripping characteristics
K characteristic Z characteristic 2CDC022004F0214
2CDC022005F0214
8 1SXP403001B0201
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Current limiting – Ipeak and I2t values acc. to UL 489
Type Voltage Current
A
Power Factor Phase I
peak
kA
I
2t
kA2S
SU203M-K0.2 480Y/277 10000 0.45-0.5 3 0.026 0.008
SU203M-K7 480Y/277 4095 0.45-0.5 3 2.3 11.9
SU203M-K7 480Y/277 7500 0.45-0.5 3 3.4 16.7
SU203M-K7 480Y/277 10000 0.45-0.5 3 4.6 19.0
SU203M-K20 480Y/277 4095 0.45-0.5 3 2.9 18.1
SU203M-K20 480Y/277 7500 0.45-0.5 3 4.3 28.1
SU203M-K20 480Y/277 10000 0.45-0.5 3 6.4 34.6
SU203M-K35 480Y/277 4095 0.45-0.5 3 3.4 27.9
SU203M-K35 480Y/277 7500 0.45-0.5 3 4.7 33.1
SU203M-K35 480Y/277 10000 0.45-0.5 3 9.0 72.0
SU203M-C40 480Y/277 4095 0.45-0.5 3 3.4 22.8
SU203M-C40 480Y/277 7500 0.45-0.5 3 5.1 42.5
SU203M-C40 480Y/277 10000 0.45-0.5 3 9.3 74.6
SU201M-K0.2 277 10000 0.45-0.5 1 0.7 0.092
SU201M-K7 277 4095 0.45-0.5 1 2.5 10.5
SU201M-K7 277 7500 0.45-0.5 1 3.4 16.9
SU201M-K7 277 10000 0.45-0.5 1 3.4 14.5
SU201M-K20 277 4095 0.45-0.5 1 2.8 14.7
SU201M-K20 277 7500 0.45-0.5 1 4.1 23.5
SU201M-K20 277 10000 0.45-0.5 1 4.7 32.5
SU201M-K35 277 4095 0.45-0.5 1 3.0 19.8
SU201M-K35 277 7500 0.45-0.5 1 4.7 36.5
SU201M-K35 277 10000 0.45-0.5 1 4.4 22.1
SU201M-C40 277 4095 0.45-0.5 1 3.6 22.9
SU201M-C40 277 7500 0.45-0.5 1 5.3 52.6
SU201M-C40 277 10000 0.45-0.5 1 5.9 44.9
SU203M-K63 240 4095 0.45-0.5 3 3.6 19.9
SU203M-K63 240 7500 0.45-0.5 3 5.1 33.0
SU203M-K63 240 10000 0.45-0.5 3 6.3 43.3
SU201M-K63 240 4095 0.45-0.5 1 3.9 33.8
SU201M-K63 240 7500 0.45-0.5 1 5.2 43.8
SU201M-K63 240 10000 0.45-0.5 1 6.5 61.8
1SXP403001B0201 9
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Accessories and dimensional drawing
Accessory overview
2CDC092011F0014
The certification of the Accessories has been done with one accessory only.
The number of electrical operations is limited to 4,000 operations for the maximum combinations and the combinations including shunt trips.
H Auxiliary contact S2C-H6RU
(change-over contact)
S/H Signal contact S2C-S6RU
ST Shunt trip S2C-A...U 2CDC022007F0014
Dimensional drawing
SU 200 M
SU201M-C10
General Information
Extended Product Type: SU201M-C10
Product ID: 2CDS271337R0104
EAN: 4016779930840
Catalog Description: Miniature Circuit Breaker - SU200M - 1P - C Long Description: SU201M-C10 Miniature Circuit Breaker C-Char., 10kA, 10A, 1P UL489 Additional Information
Actuator Material: Insulation Group II, Black, Sealable Ambient Air Temperature: Operation -25 ... +55 °C
Storage -40 ... +70 °C
Built-In Depth (t ): 69 mm
Connecting Capacity: Busbar 10 / 10 mm²
Flexible with Ferrule 0.75 ... 25 mm²
Flexible 0.75 ... 25 mm²
Rigid 0.75 ... 35 mm²
Stranded 0.75 ... 35 mm²
Connecting Capacity UL/CSA: Busbar 18-8 AWG
Conductor 18-4 AWG
Contact Position Indication: Red ON / Green OFF
Country of Origin: Bulgaria (BG)
Customs Tariff Number: 85362010
Data Sheet, Technical Information: 2CDC002177D0202
Declaration of Conformity - CE: 2CDK400595D2702
Degree of Protection: IP20
EAN: 4016779930840
EPLAN Catalog Tree: Electrical engineering / Protection devices / General EPLAN Function Definition: Circuit breaker / Single circuit breaker / Circuit breaker 1_2 ETIM 5: EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)
ETIM 6: EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)
Environmental Conditions: 28 cycles
with 55 °C / 90-96 %
and 25 °C / 95-100 %
Housing Material: Insulation Group I, RAL 7035
Installation Size: acc. to DIN 43880 3
Instructions and Manuals: 2CDC002177D0202
Interrupting Rating acc. to UL1077: (277 V AC) 10 kA
Invoice Description: SU201M-C10 Miniature Circuit Breaker C-Char., 10kA, 10A, 1P Maximum Operating Voltage UL/CSA: 277 V AC
48 V DC
Mechanical Endurance: 20000 cycle
Minimum Order Quantity: 1 piece
Mounting Position: Any
Mounting on DIN Rail: TH35-7.5 (35 x 7.5 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715 TH35-15 (35 x 15 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715
Number of Poles: 1
Number of Protected Poles: 1
Overvoltage Category: III
Package Level 1 EAN: 4016779933865
Products Low Voltage Products and Systems Modular DIN Rail Products Miniature Circuit Breakers MCBs 2 PHSCc 6
Package Level 1 EAN: 4016779933865
Package Level 1 Gross Weight: 1.3 kg
Package Level 1 Height: 82 mm
Package Level 1 Length: 191 mm
Package Level 1 Units: 10 piece
Package Level 1 Width: 121 mm
Package Level 2 EAN: 4016779937665
Package Level 2 Gross Weight: 16 kg
Package Level 2 Height: 210 mm
Package Level 2 Length: 395 mm
Package Level 2 Units: 72 piece
Package Level 2 Width: 35 mm
Pole Net Weight: 0.125 kg
Pollution Degree: 3
Power Loss: 2,1 W
at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 2,1 W
Power Supply Connection: Arbitrary
Product Main Type: SU200M
Product Name: Miniature Circuit Breaker
Product Net Depth: 69 mm
Product Net Height: 111 mm
Product Net Weight: 0.125 kg
Product Net Width: 17.5 mm
Rated Current (I ): 10 A
Rated Frequency (f): 50 Hz
60 Hz
DC Hz
Rated Insulation Voltage (U): acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1 440 V Rated Operational Voltage: acc. to IEC 60947-2 230 V AC Rated Service Short-Circuit Breaking
Capacity (I ):
(230 V AC) 11.3 kA
Rated Ultimate Short-Circuit Breaking
Capacity (I ):
(230 V AC) 15 kA
Recommended Screw Driver: Pozidriv 2
Remarks: IP40 in enclosure with cover
Resistance to Shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-
27:
25g / 2 shocks / 13 ms
Resistance to Vibrations acc. to IEC
60068-2-6:
5g, 20 cycles at 5 ... 150 ... 5 Hz with load 0.8 In
RoHS Information: 2CDK400596D0201
RoHS Status: Following EU Directive 2002/95/EC August 18, 2005 and amendment Screw Terminal Type: Failsafe Bi-directional Cylinder-lift Terminal Selling Unit of Measure: piece
Standards: CSA 22.2 No. 5
IEC/EN 60947-2
UL 489
Terminal Type: Screw Terminals
Tightening Torque: 2.8 N·m
Tripping Characteristic: C
UNSPSC: 39121614
Width in Number of Modular Spacings: 1
n
i
cs
cu
PHSCc 7
eClass: 7.0 27141901
Accessories Available: Yes
Interrupting Rating acc. to UL489: (277 V AC) 10 kA
(48 V DC) 10 kA
PHSCc 8
Extended Product Type:
Product ID:
EAN:
Catalog Description:
Long Description:
Minimum Order Quantity:
CustomsTariff Number:
Data Sheet, Technical Information:
Product Net Width:
Product Net Depth:
Product Net Height:
Product Net Weight:
Standards:
Number of Poles:
Tripping Characteristic:
Rated Current (In):
Rated Operational Voltage:
Power Loss:
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui):
Rated Frequency (f):
Rated Ultimate Short-Circuit
Breaking Capacity (Icu):
Rated Service Short-Circuit
Breaking Capacity (Ics):
Overvoltage Category:
Pollution Degree:
Housing Material:
Contact Position Indication:
Degree of Protection:
Remarks:
Mechanical Endurance:
Terminal Type:
Screw Terminal Type:
Connecting Capacity:
Tightening Torque:
Recommended Screw Driver:
Mounting on DIN Rail:
Mounting Position:
Ambient Air Temperature:
General Information
SU203M-C10
2CDS273337R0104
4016779931304
Miniature Circuit Breaker - SU200M - 3P - C
SU203M-C10 Miniature Circuit Breaker C-Char., 10kA, 10A, 3P UL489 Categories
Products » Low Voltage Products and Systems » Modular DIN Rail Products » Miniature Circuit Breakers MCBs Ordering
1 piece
85362010
Popular Downloads
2CDC002177D0202
Dimensions
52.5 mm
69 mm
111 mm
0.375 kg
Technical
CSA 22.2 No. 5
IEC/EN 60947-2
UL 489
3 C
10 A
acc. to IEC 60947-2 400 V AC
6,3 W
at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 2,1 W
acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1 440 V
50 Hz
60 Hz
DC Hz
(400 V AC) 15 kA
(400 V AC) 11.2 kA
III
3 Insulation Group I, RAL 7035
Red ON / Green OFF
IP20
IP40 in enclosure with cover
20000 cycle
Screw Terminals
Failsafe Bi-directional Cylinder-lift Terminal
Busbar 10 / 10 mm²
Flexible with Ferrule 0.75 ... 25 mm²
Flexible 0.75 ... 25 mm²
Rigid 0.75 ... 35 mm²
Stranded 0.75 ... 35 mm²
2.8 N·m
Pozidriv2
TH35-7.5 (35 x 7.5 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715
TH35-15 (35 x 15 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715
Any
Environmental
Operation -25 ... +55 °C
SU203M-C10
Resistance to Shock acc. to IEC
60068-2-27:
Resistance to Vibrations acc. to IEC
60068-2-6:
Environmental Conditions:
RoHS Status:
Maximum Operating Voltage
UL/CSA:
Connecting Capacity UL/CSA:
Declaration of Conformity - CE:
Instructions and Manuals:
RoHS Information:
Package Level 1 Units:
Package Level 1 Width:
Package Level 1 Length:
Package Level 1 Height:
Package Level 1 GrossWeight:
Package Level 1 EAN:
Package Level 2 Units:
Package Level 2 Width:
Package Level 2 Length:
Package Level 2 Height:
Package Level 2 GrossWeight:
Package Level 2 EAN:
ETIM 5:
ETIM 6:
eClass:
UNSPSC:
Storage -40 ... +70 °C
25g / 2 shocks / 13 ms
5g, 20 cycles at 5 ... 150 ... 5 Hz with load 0.8 In
28 cycles
with 55 °C / 90-96 %
and 25 °C / 95-100 %
Following EU Directive 2002/95/EC August 18, 2005 and amendment Technical UL/CSA
480Y / 277 V AC
Busbar 18-8 AWG
Conductor 18-4 AWG
Certificates and Declarations (Document Number)
2CDK400595D2702
2CDC002177D0202
2CDK400596D0201
Container Information
3 piece
121 mm
191 mm
82 mm
1.175 kg
4016779935760
24 piece
275 mm
395 mm
210 mm
16 kg
4016779939560
Classifications
EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)
EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)
7.0 27141901
39121614
3 ABB catalog | 1SXP210003C0201 | 3/3
Tmax XT ranges
There are the 4 new SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA frames:
– XT1 available up to 125A
– XT2 available up to 125A with 600Vac ratings
– XT3 available up to 225A
– XT4 available up to 250A with 600Vac ratings
600Y/347VAC, 480VAC
600VAC
XT1 - 125A XT3 - 225A
XT2 - 125A XT4 - 250A
Introduction
3 3/4 1SXP210003C0201 | ABB catalog
Tmax XT ranges
Molded case circuit breakers (MCCB) XT1
Frame Size [A] 125
Rated 80% rated ■
100% rated TM up to 100A
100% rated Ekip -
Poles [No.] 3, 4
Rated voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347
(DC) [V] 500
Versions Fixed, Plug-in
Interrupting ratings NSH
240 V (AC) [kA] 50 65 100
480 V (AC) [kA] 25 35 65
600Y/347 V (AC) [kA] 18 22 25
600 V (AC) [kA] – – –
250 V (DC) 2 poles in series [kA] 35 42 50
500 V (DC) 3 poles in series [kA] – – –
500 V (DC) 4 poles in series [kA] 35 50 50
600 V (DC) 3 poles in series [kA] – – –
Mechanical life [No. Operations] 25000
[No. Hourly operations] 240
Dimensions - Fixed
(Width x Depth x Height)
3 poles [mm]/[in] [76,2 x 70 x 130] / [3 x 2.75 x 5.12] 4 poles [mm]/[in] [101,6 x 70 x 130] / [4 x 2.75 x 5.12] Weight Fixed 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] [1,1 - 2.43] / [1,4 - 3.07] Plug-in (EF) 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] [2,21 - 4.87] / [2,82 - 6.22] Withdrawable (EF) 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] –
Total opening time CB with SOR [ms] 15
CB with UVR [ms] 15
Trip units for power distribution
TMF ■
TMA –
Ekip LS/I –
Ekip I –
Ekip LSI –
Ekip LSIG –
Ekip E-LSIG –
Interchangeable protection trip units –
(1) Current Limiting circuit breaker in 480V AC and 600V AC (2) 2-poles version available only as complete circuit breaker with TMF, trip units interchangeable; 4-poles version available only as complete circuit breaker from In=80 to In=250 with TMF, trip units interchangeable (3) With F, EF, ES, FCCuAl installation (4) 100kA up to 150A, 65kA from 175A up to 250A
Motor protection (1) XT1
Frame Size [A] 125
Poles [No.] 3
Rated service voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347
(DC) [V] 500
Versions Fixed, Plug-in
Rating level H
Trip units for motor protection
MA (MCP) ■
Ekip M-LIU (MPCB) –
(1) Available only as complete circuit breaker
Molded case disconnect switches (MCS) XT1
Frame Size [A] 125
Poles [No.] 3, 4
Rated voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347
(DC) [V] 500 4p series / 3p CB up to 250V DC 2p series
Versions Fixed, Plug-in
Rating level NSH
Magnetic Override [A] 1250
Circuit breakers for power distribution
3 3/6 1SXP210003C0201 | ABB catalog
Tmax XT ranges
Catalog number explanation
1,2 - Tmax XT prefix, XT
Tmax XT Part number explanation
XT
1,2
D
15 U
5 F
12 X
18 2
3 G
10 X
16 3
6 E
13 L
4 F
11 X
17 125
7,8,9
E
14 3 - Frame size
1 XT1 - to 125A, 600Y/347V (UL)) - Thermal magnetic protection 2 XT2 - to 125A, 600V (UL) - Thermal magnetic and electronic protection 3 XT3 - to 225A, 600Y/347V (UL) - Thermal magnetic protection 4 XT4 - to 250A, 600V (UL) - Thermal magnetic and electronic protection 4 - Breaking Capacity
XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4
N 18kA @ 600Y/347Vac 18kA @ 600Vac 10kA @ 600Y/347Vac 18 @ 600Vac S 22kA @ 600Y/347Vac 22kA @ 600Vac 10kA @ 600Y/347Vac 22 @ 600Vac H 25kA @ 600Y/347Vac 25kA @ 600Vac - 25 @ 600Vac
L - 35kA @ 600Vac - 50 @ 600Vac
V - 42kA @ 600Vac - 65 @ 600Vac
X - 45kA @ 600Vac - 100kA @ 600Vac (1)
(1) 100kA up to 150A. 65kA from 175A up to 250A
5 - Standard
U UL standard version
Q UL 100% rated version
6 - Number of poles
2 2 poles (XT4N UL version only)
3 3 poles
4 4 poles, 100% neutral
7,8,9 - Nominal current (amperage)
XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4
TMF Elect. MCP
(MA)
MCS TMF/
TMA (1)
Elect. MCP
(MA)
Elect.
LIU
MCS TMF MCP
(MA)
Elect.
LIU
MCS TMF/
TMA (2)
Elect. MCP
(MA)
Elect.
LIU
MCS
003 - - 3A - - - 3A - - - - - - - - - - -
007 - - 7A - - - 7A - - - - - - - - - - -
010 - - - - - 10A - - - - - - - - - - - -
015 15A - 15A - 15A - 15A - - - - - - - - - - -
020 20A - - - 20A - - - - - - - - - - - - -
025 25A - - - 25A 25A - 25A - - - - - 25A - 25A - -
030 30A - 30A - 30A - 30A - - - - - - 30A - - - -
035 35A - - - 35A - - - - - - - - 35A - - - -
040 40A - - - 40A - - - - - - - - 40A 40A - 40A -
045 45A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
050 50A - 50A - 50A - 50A - - - - - - 50A - 50A - -
060 60A - - - 60A 60A - 60A - 60A - - - 60A 60A - 60A - 070 70A - 70A - 70A - 70A - - 70A - - - 70A - - - -
080 80A - 80A - 80A - 80A - - 80A - - - 80A - 80A - -
090 90A - - - 90A - - - - 90A - - - 90A - - - -
100 100A - 100A - 100A 100A 100A 100A - 100A 100A - - 100A 100A 100A 100A - 110 110A - - - 110A - - - - 110A 110A - - 110A - 110A - - 125 125A - 125A 125A 125A 125A 125A - 125A 125A 125A - - 125A - 125A - - 150 - - - - - - - - - 150A 150A - - 150A 150A 150A 150A - 175 - - - - - - - - - 175A - - - 175A - 175A - -
200 - - - - - - - - - 200A 200A - - 200A - 200A - -
225 - - - - - - - - - 225A - - 225A 225A 225A 225A - -
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 250A 250A 250A - 250A
(1) XT2 TMF FIXED treshold up to 70A, TMA adjustable for 80A and higher. (2) XT4 2p version with TMF version only. XT4 3p TMF version up to 70A, TMA adjustable for 80A and higher. XT4 4p TMA version only
3 ABB catalog | 1SXP210003C0201 | 3/7
Tmax XT ranges
Catalog number explanation
10 - Trip unit
A Thermal magnetic fi xed (TMF)
B Thermal magnetic adjustable (TMD/TMA)
D Molded case switch disconnector (MCS)
E Ekip LS/I (Electronic, LS/I protection)
F Ekip LSI (Electronic, LSI protection)
G Ekip LSIG (Electronic, LSIG protection)
H Ekip E-LSIG (Electronic, LSIG plus measurements)
J Ekip I (Electronic, Instantaneous trip only)
L Ekip M-LIU (Electronic Motor Protector with integrated overload and phase loss detection) M Motor circuit protector (MCP - magnetic only (MA)
11 - Line side termination (top)
F F Front terminals, no lugs installed
A FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables (Saddle Clamps)
B FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 110A (UL XT2)(1) G FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) H FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) J FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) K FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) L FC CuAL Terminals for CuAl Cables, 250-350 kcmil, 250A (UL XT4)(1)(2) Z MC Multi-cable terminals for Cu (6 wire)
1 EF Extended front terminals
2 ES Extended spread terminals
3 FB Terminals for fl exible busbar (IEC only)
4 R Rear terminals (IEC only)
5 Panel board Adapter(1)
6 Plug-in kit (Must also use 6 for load side)
7 Withdrawable kit - XT2 & XT4 only (Must also use 7 for the load side) (1)Contact ABB for availability.
(2)Not available for XT4 X version to 150A.
Note: Additional terminal options are available as loose accessories for IEC versions. Please see the IEC catalog for more details. 12 - Load side termination (bottom)
F F Front terminals, no lugs installed
A FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables (Saddle Clamps)
B FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 110A (UL XT2)(1) G FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) H FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) J FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) K FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) L FC CuAL Terminals for CuAl Cables, 250-350 kcmil, 250A (UL XT4)(1)(2) Z MC Multi-cable terminals for Cu (6 wire)
1 EF Extended front terminals
2 ES Extended spread terminals
3 FB Terminals for fl exible busbar (IEC only)
4 R Rear terminals (IEC only)
6 Plug-in kit (Must also use 6 for line side)
7 Withdrawable kit - XT2 & XT4 only (Must also use 7 for the line side) (1)Contact ABB for availability.
(2)Not available for XT4 X version to 150A.
Note: Additional terminal options are available as loose accessories for IEC versions. Please see the IEC catalog for more details.
3 3/10 1SXP210003C0201 | ABB catalog
Tmax XT ranges
Ordering details XT1
XT1 125A TMF - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit IC Rating
(600Y/347V)
N
18kA
Part number
S
22kA
Part number
H
25kA
Part number Type In I3
TMF 15 500 XT1NU3015AFF000XXX XT1SU3015AFF000XXX XT1HU3015AFF000XXX 20 500 XT1NU3020AFF000XXX XT1SU3020AFF000XXX XT1HU3020AFF000XXX 25 500 XT1NU3025AFF000XXX XT1SU3025AFF000XXX XT1HU3025AFF000XXX 30 500 XT1NU3030AFF000XXX XT1SU3030AFF000XXX XT1HU3030AFF000XXX 35 500 XT1NU3035AFF000XXX XT1SU3035AFF000XXX XT1HU3035AFF000XXX 40 500 XT1NU3040AFF000XXX XT1SU3040AFF000XXX XT1HU3040AFF000XXX 45 500 XT1NU3045AFF000XXX XT1SU3045AFF000XXX XT1HU3045AFF000XXX 50 500 XT1NU3050AFF000XXX XT1SU3050AFF000XXX XT1HU3050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT1NU3060AFF000XXX XT1SU3060AFF000XXX XT1HU3060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT1NU3070AFF000XXX XT1SU3070AFF000XXX XT1HU3070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT1NU3080AFF000XXX XT1SU3080AFF000XXX XT1HU3080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT1NU3090AFF000XXX XT1SU3090AFF000XXX XT1HU3090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT1NU3100AFF000XXX XT1SU3100AFF000XXX XT1HU3100AFF000XXX 110 1100 XT1NU3110AFF000XXX XT1SU3110AFF000XXX XT1HU3110AFF000XXX 125 1250 XT1NU3125AFF000XXX XT1SU3125AFF000XXX XT1HU3125AFF000XXX XT1 125A TMF - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit IC Rating
(600Y/347V)
N
18kA
Part number
S
22kA
Part number
H
25kA
Part number Type In I3
TMF 15 500 XT1NU4015AFF000XXX XT1SU4015AFF000XXX XT1HU4015AFF000XXX 20 500 XT1NU4020AFF000XXX XT1SU4020AFF000XXX XT1HU4020AFF000XXX 25 500 XT1NU4025AFF000XXX XT1SU4025AFF000XXX XT1HU4025AFF000XXX 30 500 XT1NU4030AFF000XXX XT1SU4030AFF000XXX XT1HU4030AFF000XXX 35 500 XT1NU4035AFF000XXX XT1SU4035AFF000XXX XT1HU4035AFF000XXX 40 500 XT1NU4040AFF000XXX XT1SU4040AFF000XXX XT1HU4040AFF000XXX 45 500 XT1NU4045AFF000XXX XT1SU4045AFF000XXX XT1HU4045AFF000XXX 50 500 XT1NU4050AFF000XXX XT1SU4050AFF000XXX XT1HU4050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT1NU4060AFF000XXX XT1SU4060AFF000XXX XT1HU4060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT1NU4070AFF000XXX XT1SU4070AFF000XXX XT1HU4070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT1NU4080AFF000XXX XT1SU4080AFF000XXX XT1HU4080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT1NU4090AFF000XXX XT1SU4090AFF000XXX XT1HU4090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT1NU4100AFF000XXX XT1SU4100AFF000XXX XT1HU4100AFF000XXX 110 1100 XT1NU4110AFF000XXX XT1SU4110AFF000XXX XT1HU4110AFF000XXX 125 1250 XT1NU4125AFF000XXX XT1SU4125AFF000XXX XT1HU4125AFF000XXX XT1 125A TMF - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - 100% rated UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit IC Rating
(600Y/347V)
NQ
18kA
Part number
SQ
22kA
Part number
HQ
25kA
Part number Type In I3
TMF 15 500 XT1NQ3015AFF000XXX XT1SQ3015AFF000XXX XT1HQ3015AFF000XXX 20 500 XT1NQ3020AFF000XXX XT1SQ3020AFF000XXX XT1HQ3020AFF000XXX 25 500 XT1NQ3025AFF000XXX XT1SQ3025AFF000XXX XT1HQ3025AFF000XXX 30 500 XT1NQ3030AFF000XXX XT1SQ3030AFF000XXX XT1HQ3030AFF000XXX 35 500 XT1NQ3035AFF000XXX XT1SQ3035AFF000XXX XT1HQ3035AFF000XXX 40 500 XT1NQ3040AFF000XXX XT1SQ3040AFF000XXX XT1HQ3040AFF000XXX 45 500 XT1NQ3045AFF000XXX XT1SQ3045AFF000XXX XT1HQ3045AFF000XXX 50 500 XT1NQ3050AFF000XXX XT1SQ3050AFF000XXX XT1HQ3050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT1NQ3060AFF000XXX XT1SQ3060AFF000XXX XT1HQ3060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT1NQ3070AFF000XXX XT1SQ3070AFF000XXX XT1HQ3070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT1NQ3080AFF000XXX XT1SQ3080AFF000XXX XT1HQ3080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT1NQ3090AFF000XXX XT1SQ3090AFF000XXX XT1HQ3090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT1NQ3100AFF000XXX XT1SQ3100AFF000XXX XT1HQ3100AFF000XXX
3 ABB catalog | 1SXP210003C0201 | 3/3
Tmax XT ranges
There are the 4 new SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA frames:
– XT1 available up to 125A
– XT2 available up to 125A with 600Vac ratings
– XT3 available up to 225A
– XT4 available up to 250A with 600Vac ratings
600Y/347VAC, 480VAC
600VAC
XT1 - 125A XT3 - 225A
XT2 - 125A XT4 - 250A
Introduction
3 3/4 1SXP210003C0201 | ABB catalog
Tmax XT ranges
Molded case circuit breakers (MCCB) XT1
Frame Size [A] 125
Rated 80% rated ■
100% rated TM up to 100A
100% rated Ekip -
Poles [No.] 3, 4
Rated voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347
(DC) [V] 500
Versions Fixed, Plug-in
Interrupting ratings NSH
240 V (AC) [kA] 50 65 100
480 V (AC) [kA] 25 35 65
600Y/347 V (AC) [kA] 18 22 25
600 V (AC) [kA] – – –
250 V (DC) 2 poles in series [kA] 35 42 50
500 V (DC) 3 poles in series [kA] – – –
500 V (DC) 4 poles in series [kA] 35 50 50
600 V (DC) 3 poles in series [kA] – – –
Mechanical life [No. Operations] 25000
[No. Hourly operations] 240
Dimensions - Fixed
(Width x Depth x Height)
3 poles [mm]/[in] [76,2 x 70 x 130] / [3 x 2.75 x 5.12] 4 poles [mm]/[in] [101,6 x 70 x 130] / [4 x 2.75 x 5.12] Weight Fixed 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] [1,1 - 2.43] / [1,4 - 3.07] Plug-in (EF) 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] [2,21 - 4.87] / [2,82 - 6.22] Withdrawable (EF) 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] –
Total opening time CB with SOR [ms] 15
CB with UVR [ms] 15
Trip units for power distribution
TMF ■
TMA –
Ekip LS/I –
Ekip I –
Ekip LSI –
Ekip LSIG –
Ekip E-LSIG –
Interchangeable protection trip units –
(1) Current Limiting circuit breaker in 480V AC and 600V AC (2) 2-poles version available only as complete circuit breaker with TMF, trip units interchangeable; 4-poles version available only as complete circuit breaker from In=80 to In=250 with TMF, trip units interchangeable (3) With F, EF, ES, FCCuAl installation (4) 100kA up to 150A, 65kA from 175A up to 250A
Motor protection (1) XT1
Frame Size [A] 125
Poles [No.] 3
Rated service voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347
(DC) [V] 500
Versions Fixed, Plug-in
Rating level H
Trip units for motor protection
MA (MCP) ■
Ekip M-LIU (MPCB) –
(1) Available only as complete circuit breaker
Molded case disconnect switches (MCS) XT1
Frame Size [A] 125
Poles [No.] 3, 4
Rated voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347
(DC) [V] 500 4p series / 3p CB up to 250V DC 2p series
Versions Fixed, Plug-in
Rating level NSH
Magnetic Override [A] 1250
Circuit breakers for power distribution
3 3/6 1SXP210003C0201 | ABB catalog
Tmax XT ranges
Catalog number explanation
1,2 - Tmax XT prefix, XT
Tmax XT Part number explanation
XT
1,2
D
15 U
5 F
12 X
18 2
3 G
10 X
16 3
6 E
13 L
4 F
11 X
17 125
7,8,9
E
14 3 - Frame size
1 XT1 - to 125A, 600Y/347V (UL)) - Thermal magnetic protection 2 XT2 - to 125A, 600V (UL) - Thermal magnetic and electronic protection 3 XT3 - to 225A, 600Y/347V (UL) - Thermal magnetic protection 4 XT4 - to 250A, 600V (UL) - Thermal magnetic and electronic protection 4 - Breaking Capacity
XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4
N 18kA @ 600Y/347Vac 18kA @ 600Vac 10kA @ 600Y/347Vac 18 @ 600Vac S 22kA @ 600Y/347Vac 22kA @ 600Vac 10kA @ 600Y/347Vac 22 @ 600Vac H 25kA @ 600Y/347Vac 25kA @ 600Vac - 25 @ 600Vac
L - 35kA @ 600Vac - 50 @ 600Vac
V - 42kA @ 600Vac - 65 @ 600Vac
X - 45kA @ 600Vac - 100kA @ 600Vac (1)
(1) 100kA up to 150A. 65kA from 175A up to 250A
5 - Standard
U UL standard version
Q UL 100% rated version
6 - Number of poles
2 2 poles (XT4N UL version only)
3 3 poles
4 4 poles, 100% neutral
7,8,9 - Nominal current (amperage)
XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4
TMF Elect. MCP
(MA)
MCS TMF/
TMA (1)
Elect. MCP
(MA)
Elect.
LIU
MCS TMF MCP
(MA)
Elect.
LIU
MCS TMF/
TMA (2)
Elect. MCP
(MA)
Elect.
LIU
MCS
003 - - 3A - - - 3A - - - - - - - - - - -
007 - - 7A - - - 7A - - - - - - - - - - -
010 - - - - - 10A - - - - - - - - - - - -
015 15A - 15A - 15A - 15A - - - - - - - - - - -
020 20A - - - 20A - - - - - - - - - - - - -
025 25A - - - 25A 25A - 25A - - - - - 25A - 25A - -
030 30A - 30A - 30A - 30A - - - - - - 30A - - - -
035 35A - - - 35A - - - - - - - - 35A - - - -
040 40A - - - 40A - - - - - - - - 40A 40A - 40A -
045 45A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
050 50A - 50A - 50A - 50A - - - - - - 50A - 50A - -
060 60A - - - 60A 60A - 60A - 60A - - - 60A 60A - 60A - 070 70A - 70A - 70A - 70A - - 70A - - - 70A - - - -
080 80A - 80A - 80A - 80A - - 80A - - - 80A - 80A - -
090 90A - - - 90A - - - - 90A - - - 90A - - - -
100 100A - 100A - 100A 100A 100A 100A - 100A 100A - - 100A 100A 100A 100A - 110 110A - - - 110A - - - - 110A 110A - - 110A - 110A - - 125 125A - 125A 125A 125A 125A 125A - 125A 125A 125A - - 125A - 125A - - 150 - - - - - - - - - 150A 150A - - 150A 150A 150A 150A - 175 - - - - - - - - - 175A - - - 175A - 175A - -
200 - - - - - - - - - 200A 200A - - 200A - 200A - -
225 - - - - - - - - - 225A - - 225A 225A 225A 225A - -
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 250A 250A 250A - 250A
(1) XT2 TMF FIXED treshold up to 70A, TMA adjustable for 80A and higher. (2) XT4 2p version with TMF version only. XT4 3p TMF version up to 70A, TMA adjustable for 80A and higher. XT4 4p TMA version only
3 ABB catalog | 1SXP210003C0201 | 3/7
Tmax XT ranges
Catalog number explanation
10 - Trip unit
A Thermal magnetic fi xed (TMF)
B Thermal magnetic adjustable (TMD/TMA)
D Molded case switch disconnector (MCS)
E Ekip LS/I (Electronic, LS/I protection)
F Ekip LSI (Electronic, LSI protection)
G Ekip LSIG (Electronic, LSIG protection)
H Ekip E-LSIG (Electronic, LSIG plus measurements)
J Ekip I (Electronic, Instantaneous trip only)
L Ekip M-LIU (Electronic Motor Protector with integrated overload and phase loss detection) M Motor circuit protector (MCP - magnetic only (MA)
11 - Line side termination (top)
F F Front terminals, no lugs installed
A FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables (Saddle Clamps)
B FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 110A (UL XT2)(1) G FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) H FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) J FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) K FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) L FC CuAL Terminals for CuAl Cables, 250-350 kcmil, 250A (UL XT4)(1)(2) Z MC Multi-cable terminals for Cu (6 wire)
1 EF Extended front terminals
2 ES Extended spread terminals
3 FB Terminals for fl exible busbar (IEC only)
4 R Rear terminals (IEC only)
5 Panel board Adapter(1)
6 Plug-in kit (Must also use 6 for load side)
7 Withdrawable kit - XT2 & XT4 only (Must also use 7 for the load side) (1)Contact ABB for availability.
(2)Not available for XT4 X version to 150A.
Note: Additional terminal options are available as loose accessories for IEC versions. Please see the IEC catalog for more details. 12 - Load side termination (bottom)
F F Front terminals, no lugs installed
A FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables (Saddle Clamps)
B FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 110A (UL XT2)(1) G FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) H FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) J FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) K FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) L FC CuAL Terminals for CuAl Cables, 250-350 kcmil, 250A (UL XT4)(1)(2) Z MC Multi-cable terminals for Cu (6 wire)
1 EF Extended front terminals
2 ES Extended spread terminals
3 FB Terminals for fl exible busbar (IEC only)
4 R Rear terminals (IEC only)
6 Plug-in kit (Must also use 6 for line side)
7 Withdrawable kit - XT2 & XT4 only (Must also use 7 for the line side) (1)Contact ABB for availability.
(2)Not available for XT4 X version to 150A.
Note: Additional terminal options are available as loose accessories for IEC versions. Please see the IEC catalog for more details.
3 3/10 1SXP210003C0201 | ABB catalog
Tmax XT ranges
Ordering details XT1
XT1 125A TMF - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit IC Rating
(600Y/347V)
N
18kA
Part number
S
22kA
Part number
H
25kA
Part number Type In I3
TMF 15 500 XT1NU3015AFF000XXX XT1SU3015AFF000XXX XT1HU3015AFF000XXX 20 500 XT1NU3020AFF000XXX XT1SU3020AFF000XXX XT1HU3020AFF000XXX 25 500 XT1NU3025AFF000XXX XT1SU3025AFF000XXX XT1HU3025AFF000XXX 30 500 XT1NU3030AFF000XXX XT1SU3030AFF000XXX XT1HU3030AFF000XXX 35 500 XT1NU3035AFF000XXX XT1SU3035AFF000XXX XT1HU3035AFF000XXX 40 500 XT1NU3040AFF000XXX XT1SU3040AFF000XXX XT1HU3040AFF000XXX 45 500 XT1NU3045AFF000XXX XT1SU3045AFF000XXX XT1HU3045AFF000XXX 50 500 XT1NU3050AFF000XXX XT1SU3050AFF000XXX XT1HU3050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT1NU3060AFF000XXX XT1SU3060AFF000XXX XT1HU3060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT1NU3070AFF000XXX XT1SU3070AFF000XXX XT1HU3070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT1NU3080AFF000XXX XT1SU3080AFF000XXX XT1HU3080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT1NU3090AFF000XXX XT1SU3090AFF000XXX XT1HU3090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT1NU3100AFF000XXX XT1SU3100AFF000XXX XT1HU3100AFF000XXX 110 1100 XT1NU3110AFF000XXX XT1SU3110AFF000XXX XT1HU3110AFF000XXX 125 1250 XT1NU3125AFF000XXX XT1SU3125AFF000XXX XT1HU3125AFF000XXX XT1 125A TMF - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit IC Rating
(600Y/347V)
N
18kA
Part number
S
22kA
Part number
H
25kA
Part number Type In I3
TMF 15 500 XT1NU4015AFF000XXX XT1SU4015AFF000XXX XT1HU4015AFF000XXX 20 500 XT1NU4020AFF000XXX XT1SU4020AFF000XXX XT1HU4020AFF000XXX 25 500 XT1NU4025AFF000XXX XT1SU4025AFF000XXX XT1HU4025AFF000XXX 30 500 XT1NU4030AFF000XXX XT1SU4030AFF000XXX XT1HU4030AFF000XXX 35 500 XT1NU4035AFF000XXX XT1SU4035AFF000XXX XT1HU4035AFF000XXX 40 500 XT1NU4040AFF000XXX XT1SU4040AFF000XXX XT1HU4040AFF000XXX 45 500 XT1NU4045AFF000XXX XT1SU4045AFF000XXX XT1HU4045AFF000XXX 50 500 XT1NU4050AFF000XXX XT1SU4050AFF000XXX XT1HU4050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT1NU4060AFF000XXX XT1SU4060AFF000XXX XT1HU4060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT1NU4070AFF000XXX XT1SU4070AFF000XXX XT1HU4070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT1NU4080AFF000XXX XT1SU4080AFF000XXX XT1HU4080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT1NU4090AFF000XXX XT1SU4090AFF000XXX XT1HU4090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT1NU4100AFF000XXX XT1SU4100AFF000XXX XT1HU4100AFF000XXX 110 1100 XT1NU4110AFF000XXX XT1SU4110AFF000XXX XT1HU4110AFF000XXX 125 1250 XT1NU4125AFF000XXX XT1SU4125AFF000XXX XT1HU4125AFF000XXX XT1 125A TMF - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - 100% rated UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit IC Rating
(600Y/347V)
NQ
18kA
Part number
SQ
22kA
Part number
HQ
25kA
Part number Type In I3
TMF 15 500 XT1NQ3015AFF000XXX XT1SQ3015AFF000XXX XT1HQ3015AFF000XXX 20 500 XT1NQ3020AFF000XXX XT1SQ3020AFF000XXX XT1HQ3020AFF000XXX 25 500 XT1NQ3025AFF000XXX XT1SQ3025AFF000XXX XT1HQ3025AFF000XXX 30 500 XT1NQ3030AFF000XXX XT1SQ3030AFF000XXX XT1HQ3030AFF000XXX 35 500 XT1NQ3035AFF000XXX XT1SQ3035AFF000XXX XT1HQ3035AFF000XXX 40 500 XT1NQ3040AFF000XXX XT1SQ3040AFF000XXX XT1HQ3040AFF000XXX 45 500 XT1NQ3045AFF000XXX XT1SQ3045AFF000XXX XT1HQ3045AFF000XXX 50 500 XT1NQ3050AFF000XXX XT1SQ3050AFF000XXX XT1HQ3050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT1NQ3060AFF000XXX XT1SQ3060AFF000XXX XT1HQ3060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT1NQ3070AFF000XXX XT1SQ3070AFF000XXX XT1HQ3070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT1NQ3080AFF000XXX XT1SQ3080AFF000XXX XT1HQ3080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT1NQ3090AFF000XXX XT1SQ3090AFF000XXX XT1HQ3090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT1NQ3100AFF000XXX XT1SQ3100AFF000XXX XT1HQ3100AFF000XXX
7 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/27
EF terminal
FCCu
terminal
Terminals
XT1 XT2
Type 3pcs 4pcs 6pcs 8pcs 3pcs 4pcs 6pcs 8pcs
Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number F Front terminals KXT1F-3PC KXT1F-4PC KXT1F-6PC KXT1F-8PC KXT2F-3PC KXT2F-4PC KXT2F-6PC KXT2F-8PC F Front terminals for MCP KXT1F3PCMCP – KXT1F6PCMCP – – – – – EF Extended front terminals KXT1EF-3PC KXT1EF-4PC KXT1EF-6PC KXT1EF-8PC KXT2EF-3PC KXT2EF-4PC KXT2EF-6PC KXT2EF-8PC ES Extended spread terminals KXT1ES-3PC KXT1ES-4PC KXT1ES-6PC KXT1ES-8PC KXT2ES-3PC KXT2ES-4PC KXT2ES-6PC KXT2ES-8PC FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 100A, 14-1/0 AWG,
1x2.5…50mm(2)(4) – – – – – – – –
FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 100A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5…50mm(2)(4) – – – – – – – –
FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 110A, 14-1/0 AWG,
1x2.5…50mm(2)(4) – – – – KXT2CUAL1-3PC KXT2CUAL1-4PC KXT2CUAL1-6PC KXT2CUAL1-8PC FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 225A, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 1x35…150mm(2)(4) – – – – – – – –
FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 225A,
4 AWG-300 kcmil, 1x35…150mm(2)(4) – – – – – – – –
FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 250A, 250-350 kcmil,
1x120…185mm(2)(4) – – – – – – – –
FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5…
50mm2 KXT1CU-3PC KXT1CU-4PC KXT1CU-6PC KXT1CU-8PC – – – – FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables MCP, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x1.5…
50mm2 KXT1CUMCP-3PC KXT1CUMCP-4PC KXT1CUMCP-6PC KXT1CUMCP-8PC – – – – FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5…
95mm2 – – --- – KXT2CU-3PC KXT2CU-4PC KXT2CU-6PC KXT2CU-8PC FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 10-250 AWG, 1x6…185mm2 – – – – – – – – FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables, XT4X to 150A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5…50mm2 (3) – – – – – – – –
MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x14-2 AWG,
6x2.5…35mm2 KXT1MC-3PC KXT1MC-4PC KXT1MC-6PC KXT1MC-8PC KXT2MC-3PC KXT2MC-4PC KXT2MC-6PC KXT2MC-8PC MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x12-2 AWG,
6x2.5…35mm2 – – – – – – – –
R Rear adjustable terminals(1) KXT1ER-3PC KXT1ER-4PC KXT1ER-6PC KXT1ER-8PC KXT2ER-3PC KXT2ER-4PC KXT2ER-6PC KXT2ER-8PC R-RC Rear terminals for residual current(1) – KXT1ERRC-4PC – – – – – – FB Flexibar Terminals(1) KXT1EFB-3PC KXT1EFB-4PC KXT1EFB-6PC KXT1EFB-8PC KXT2EFB-3PC KXT2EFB-4PC KXT2EFB-6PC KXT2EFB-8PC XT3 XT4
Type 3pcs 4pcs 6pcs 8pcs 3pcs 4pcs 6pcs 8pcs
Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number F Front terminals KXT3F-3PC KXT3F-4PC KXT3F-6PC KXT3F-8PC KXT4F-3PC KXT4F-4PC KXT4F-6PC KXT4F-8PC F Front terminals for MCP – – – – – – – –
EF Extended front terminals KXT3EF-3PC KXT3EF-4PC KXT3EF-6PC KXT3EF-8PC KXT4EF-3PC KXT4EF-4PC KXT4EF-6PC KXT4EF-8PC ES Extended spread terminals KXT3ES-3PC KXT3ES-4PC KXT3ES-6PC KXT3ES-8PC KXT4ES-3PC KXT4ES-4PC KXT4ES-6PC KXT4ES-8PC FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 100A, 14-1/0 AWG,
1x2.5…50mm2 (4) KXT3CUAL1-3PC KXT3CUAL1-4PC KXT3CUAL1-6PC KXT3CUAL1-8PC KXT4CUAL1-3PC KXT4CUAL1-4PC KXT4CUAL1-6PC KXT4CUAL1-8PC FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 100A,
14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5…50mm2 (4) KXT3CUAL1C-3PC KXT3CUAL1C-4PC – – KXT4CUAL1C-3PC KXT4CUAL1C-4PC – – FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 110A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5… 50mm(2)(4) – – – – – – – –
FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 225A, 4 AWG-300
kcmil, 1x35…150mm(2)(4) KXT3CUAL2-3PC KXT3CUAL2-4PC KXT3CUAL2-6PC KXT3CUAL2-8PC KXT4CUAL2-3PC KXT4CUAL2-4PC KXT4CUAL2-6PC KXT4CUAL2-8PC FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 225A, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 1x35…150mm(2)(4) KXT3CUAL2C-3PC KXT3CUAL2C-4PC – – KXT4CUAL2C-3PC KXT4CUAL2C-4PC – – FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 250A, 250-350 kcmil,
1x120…185mm(2)(4) – – – – KXT4CUAL3-3PC KXT4CUAL3-4PC KXT4CUAL3-6PC KXT4CUAL3-8PC FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG,
1x2.5…50mm2 – – – – – – – –
FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables MCP, 14-1/0 AWG,
1x1.5…50mm2 – – – – – – – –
FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG,
1x2.5…95mm2 – – – – – – – –
FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 250A, 10-250 AWG,
1x6…185mm2 KXT3CU-3PC KXT3CU-4PC KXT3CU-6PC KXT3CU-8PC KXT4CU-3PC KXT4CU-4PC KXT4CU-6PC KXT4CU-8PC FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables, XT4X to 150A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5…50mm2 (3) – – – – KXT4XCU-3PC KXT4XCU-4PC – –
MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x14-2 AWG,
6x2.5…35mm2 – – – – – – – –
MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x12-2 AWG,
6x2.5…35mm2 KXT3MC-3PC KXT3MC-4PC KXT3MC-6PC KXT3MC-8PC KXT4MC-3PC KXT4MC-4PC KXT4MC-6PC KXT4MC-8PC R Rear adjustable terminals(1) KXT3ER-3PC KXT3ER-4PC KXT3ER-6PC KXT3ER-8PC KXT4ER-3PC KXT4ER-4PC KXT4ER-6PC KXT4ER-8PC R-RC Rear terminals for residual current(1) – KXT3ERRC-4PC – – – – – – FB Flexibar Terminals(1) KXT3EFB-3PC KXT3EFB-4PC KXT3EFB-6PC KXT3EFB-8PC KXT4EFB-3PC KXT4EFB-4PC KXT4EFB-6PC KXT4EFB-8PC (1)IEC rated only. (2)Consult ABB for availability.
(3)For use with the XT4 X version up to 150A only. Note: XT4 X from 175-250A uses the standard 250A CU lug. (4)Not available for XT4 X up to 150A.
Front
extended
spread
terminal - ES
Multi-cable
terminals
(MC)
2 ABB | 2/21
Main accessories
MS5100, MO5100 manual motor starters
Description
Manual motor starters can be equipped with auxiliary contacts, undervoltage release and shunt trips. Undervoltage release are used for remote tripping of the manual motor starter especially for emergency stop circuits. Shunt trips release the MMS used for remote tripping.
For this manual motor starter range we also offer key lock solutions for customer applications.
XT AUX-Con cavi-01
AUX-C
XT SOR-Con cavi-01
SOR-C
1SDC210C86F0001
KLC Ronis
Suitable
for
Auxiliary
contacts
N.O.
Auxiliary
contacts
N.C.
Description Type Order code Pkg
qty
Weight
(1 pc)
pcs kg
Auxiliary contacts - mountable inside the breaker on the left slot (cabled version) MS5100,
MO5100
Changeover AUX-C 1Q+1SY 250V AC KXTAAXCQSYFP 2 0.06
Changeover AUX-C 2Q+1SY 250V AC KXTAAXC2QSYFP 3 0.09
MS5100 Changeover AUX-C 2Q+2SY+1SA 250V AC KXTCAXC2Q2SYS51FP 5 0.15 Changeover AUX-C 3Q+1SY 250V AC KXTDAXC3QSYFP 4 0.12
Changeover AUX-C 3Q+2SY 250V AC KXTCAXC3Q2SYFP 5 0.15
MO5100 Changeover AUX-C 1Q+1SY 24V DC KXTAAXCDQSYFP 2 0.06 Suitable
for
Rated control supply
voltage
Description Type Order code Pkg
qty
Weight
(1 pc)
V pcs kg
Shunt trips units - mountable inside the breaker on the left slot (cabled version) MS5100,
MO5100
Normally NON
energized
SOR-C 12V DC KXTASORCFPA 1 0.14
Normally NON
energized
SOR-C 24-30V AC/DC KXTASORCFPB 1 0.14
Normally NON
energized
SOR-C 48-60V AC/DC KXTASORCFPC 1 0.14
Normally NON
energized
SOR-C 110-127V AC / 110-125V DC KXTASORCFPD 1 0.14
Normally NON
energized
SOR-C 220-240V AC / 220-250V DC KXTASORCFPE 1 0.14
Normally NON
energized
SOR-C 380-440V AC KXTASORCFPF 1 0.14
Normally NON
energized
SOR-C 480-525V AC KXTASORCFPG 1 0.14
Undervoltages releases - mountable inside the breaker on the left slot (cabled version) MS5100,
MO5100
Normally energized UVR-C 24-30V AC/DC KXTAUVRCFP1 1 0.14 Normally energized UVR-C 48V AC/DC KXTAUVRCFP2 1 0.14
Normally energized UVR-C 60V AC/DC KXTAUVRCFP3 1 0.14
Normally energized UVR-C 110-127V AC / 110-125V DC KXTAUVRCFP4 1 0.14 Normally energized UVR-C 220-240V AC / 220-250V DC KXTAUVRCFP5 1 0.14 Normally energized UVR-C 380-440V AC KXTAUVRCFP6 1 0.14 Normally energized UVR-C 480-525V AC KXTAUVRCFP7 1 0.14 Suitable
for
Description Type Order code Pkg
qty
Weight
(1 pc)
pcs kg
Key locks
MS5100 Key lock on the circuit breaker,
different keys, removable in open
position
KLC Ronis KXTCKLCCBDIF 1 NA
MO5100 Key lock on the circuit breaker,
different keys, removable in open
position
KLC Ronis KXT1KLCCBDIF 1 NA
Ordering details
7 ABB catalog | 1SXU200095C0201 7/13
Rotary handle operating mechanisms
Rotary handle operating mechanism
Type
Part number
RHD Standard Direct Handle KXTBRHDSTFP
RHD Emergency Direct Handle KXTBRHDEMFP
RHE Standard Extended Handle KXTBRHESTFP
RHE Emergency Extended Handle KXTBRHEEMFP
RHE Standard Extended Handle with Padlock(1) KXTBRHESTFPPLK RHE Emergency Extended Handle with Padlock(1) KXTBRHEEMFPPLK RHS-L Standard Left Side Handle KXTBRHSLSTFP
RHS-L Emergency Left Side Handle KXTBRHSLEMFP
RHS-R Standard Right Side Handle KXTBRHSRSTFP
RHS-R Emergency Right Side Handle KXTBRHSREMFP
Extended handle spare parts
RHE_B Base for Extended Handle KXTBRHEBFP
RHE_B Base for Extended Handle with Padlock(1) KXTBRHEBFPPLK RHE_S 500mm Shaft KXTARHES500
RHE_H Standard Extended Handle KXTARHEHST
RHE_H Emergency Extended Handle KXTARHEHEM
LH Standard Large Handle, NEMA 1 KXTALHNDLST
LH Emergency Large Handle, NEMA 1 KXTALHNDLEM
Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA 3R,12 OHB65J10B Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA 3R,12(1) OHY65J10B Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA 4,4X(1) OHB65L10B Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA 4, 4X(1) OHY65L10B Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA 3R,12 OHB125J10B Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA 3R,12(1) OHY125J10B Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA 4,4X(1) OHB125L10B Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA 4, 4X(1) OHY125L10B 148mm Pistol Handle Shaft OXP10X148
225mm Pistol Handle Shaft OXP10X225
500mm Pistol Handle Shaft OXP10X500
(1)Consult ABB for availability.
Direct rotary handle
Extended rotary handle
IP54 protection for transmitted rotary handle(1)
Type
Part number
IP54 protection for transmitted handle -RHE KXTAERHEIP54 (1)IEC rated only.
Flange handle(1)
Type
Part number
Flange Handle + Mechanism + 4ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4) KXT1N12FLHDL4 Flange Handle + Mechanism + 6ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4) KXT1N12FLHDL6 Flange Handle + Mechanism + 10ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4) KXT1N12FLHDL10 Flange Handle + Mechanism + 4ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X) KXT1N4FLHDL4 Flange Handle + Mechanism + 6ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X) KXT1N4FLHDL6 Flange Handle + Mechanism + 10ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X) KXT1N4FLHDL10 Flange Handle Spare Parts
Flange Handle only (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4) KXTAN12FLHDL
Flange Handle only (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X) KXTAN4XFLHDL Flange Handle Hardware KXTAFLHDLHW
Flange Mounting Hardware KXTBFLMTHW
(1)Consult ABB for availability.
IP54
Extended Product Type:
Product ID:
EAN:
Catalog Description:
Long Description:
EAN:
Minimum Order Quantity:
CustomsTariff Number:
Product Net Width:
Product Net Height:
Product Net Depth:
Product Net Weight:
Package Level 1 Units:
Package Level 1 Width:
Package Level 1 Height:
Package Level 1 Length:
Package Level 1 GrossWeight:
Package Level 1 EAN:
RoHS Status:
IIT Publishing Status:
Order Multiple:
Product Main Type:
Product Name:
Product Type:
Shaft Diameter:
Shaft Length:
Suitable For:
Suitable for Product Class:
Data Sheet, Technical Information:
ETIM 5:
Object Classification Code:
General Information
OXP10X500
1SCA022505R5050
6417019169262
Shaft OXP10X500
Shaft diameter 10 mm.
Categories
Products » Low Voltage Products and Systems » Switches » Switch Disconnectors Accessories Ordering
6417019169262
1 piece
85389099
Dimensions
10 mm
10 mm
500 mm
0.4 kg
Container Information
1 piece
10 mm
10 mm
500 mm
0.4 kg
6417019169262
Environmental
Planned to follow EU Directive 2002/95/EC August 18, 2005 and amendment after 2009 Q4 Additional Information
Level 0 - Information enabled
1 piece
OXP10
SHAFT
OXP
10 mm
500 mm
MCCB
MCCB
Certificates and Declarations (Document Number)
1SCC301020C0201
Classifications
EC000916 - Axle for switch
N/A
OXP10X500
7 ABB catalog | 1SXU200095C0201 7/13
Rotary handle operating mechanisms
Rotary handle operating mechanism
Type
Part number
RHD Standard Direct Handle KXTBRHDSTFP
RHD Emergency Direct Handle KXTBRHDEMFP
RHE Standard Extended Handle KXTBRHESTFP
RHE Emergency Extended Handle KXTBRHEEMFP
RHE Standard Extended Handle with Padlock(1) KXTBRHESTFPPLK RHE Emergency Extended Handle with Padlock(1) KXTBRHEEMFPPLK RHS-L Standard Left Side Handle KXTBRHSLSTFP
RHS-L Emergency Left Side Handle KXTBRHSLEMFP
RHS-R Standard Right Side Handle KXTBRHSRSTFP
RHS-R Emergency Right Side Handle KXTBRHSREMFP
Extended handle spare parts
RHE_B Base for Extended Handle KXTBRHEBFP
RHE_B Base for Extended Handle with Padlock(1) KXTBRHEBFPPLK RHE_S 500mm Shaft KXTARHES500
RHE_H Standard Extended Handle KXTARHEHST
RHE_H Emergency Extended Handle KXTARHEHEM
LH Standard Large Handle, NEMA 1 KXTALHNDLST
LH Emergency Large Handle, NEMA 1 KXTALHNDLEM
Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA 3R,12 OHB65J10B Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA 3R,12(1) OHY65J10B Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA 4,4X(1) OHB65L10B Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA 4, 4X(1) OHY65L10B Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA 3R,12 OHB125J10B Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA 3R,12(1) OHY125J10B Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA 4,4X(1) OHB125L10B Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA 4, 4X(1) OHY125L10B 148mm Pistol Handle Shaft OXP10X148
225mm Pistol Handle Shaft OXP10X225
500mm Pistol Handle Shaft OXP10X500
(1)Consult ABB for availability.
Direct rotary handle
Extended rotary handle
IP54 protection for transmitted rotary handle(1)
Type
Part number
IP54 protection for transmitted handle -RHE KXTAERHEIP54 (1)IEC rated only.
Flange handle(1)
Type
Part number
Flange Handle + Mechanism + 4ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4) KXT1N12FLHDL4 Flange Handle + Mechanism + 6ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4) KXT1N12FLHDL6 Flange Handle + Mechanism + 10ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4) KXT1N12FLHDL10 Flange Handle + Mechanism + 4ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X) KXT1N4FLHDL4 Flange Handle + Mechanism + 6ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X) KXT1N4FLHDL6 Flange Handle + Mechanism + 10ft Cable (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X) KXT1N4FLHDL10 Flange Handle Spare Parts
Flange Handle only (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4) KXTAN12FLHDL
Flange Handle only (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X) KXTAN4XFLHDL Flange Handle Hardware KXTAFLHDLHW
Flange Mounting Hardware KXTBFLMTHW
(1)Consult ABB for availability.
IP54
3 ABB catalog | 1SXP210003C0201 | 3/17
Tmax XT ranges
XT1 Accessories
Residual current devices
Residual current devices(1)
Type 3p
Part number
4p
Part number
RC Sel Low 200mm - KXT1ERCSEL200-4
RC Inst KXT1ERCINST-3 KXT1ERCINST-4
RC Sel KXT1ERCSEL-3 KXT1ERCSEL-4
(1)IEC rated only.
Panel type residual current relay(1)
Type
Part number
RCQ020/A 115-230V AC KXTAERCQ230
RCQ020/A 415V AC KXTAERCQ415
Toroid closed Ø 60mm KXTTETOR60
Toroid closed Ø 110mm KXTTETOR110
Toroid closed Ø 185mm KXTTETOR185
(1)IEC rated only.
Installation
Bracket for mounting onto DIN rail(1)
Type 3p
Part number
4p
Part number
KIT DIN50022 KXT1EDIN-3 KXT1EDIN-4
KIT DIN50022 XT1 + RC Low 200mm - KXT1EDINRCSELPL
KIT DIN50022 XT1 + RC Sel/RC INst KXT1EDINRCPL KXT1EDINRCPL (1)IEC rated only.
Terminals, terminal covers and phase barriers
Insulating terminal covers
Type 3p
Part number
4p
Part number
LTC low terminal covers KXT1LTC-3 KXT1LTC-4
HTC high terminal covers KXT1HTC-3 KXT1HTC-4
Terminal covers
Sealable screws for terminal covers(1)
Type
Part number
Kit with two sealable screws KXTAESSEAL
(1)IEC rated only.
Phase barriers
Type 4pcs
Part number
6pcs
Part number
PB height 25mm/0.98in KXTBPB25-3 KXTBPB25-4
PB height 100mm/3.94in KXTBPB100-3 KXTBPB100-4
PB height 200mm/7.87in KXTBPB200-3 KXTBPB200-4
Phase barriers
DIN guide
Sealable screw
RC Inst / RC Sel
1SNC166015S0201
Stranded conductor – Flexible with insulated ferrule – Rigid conductor 50 mm²
2/0 AWG
DBL175 distribution terminal blocks
Single pole - 46.2 mm 1.81 in spacing 1SNC166029V0014
DBL175
52.3 2.06"
61.3 2.41"53.8 2.12"
25 0.98"
32.5 1.28"
23.5 0.93"
30.4 1.2"
72.5 2.85"
4.7 0.19" 61 2.4" 23.5 0.93" 46.2 1.82"
14.9 0.59"
17.6 0.69"
10.5 x 5 mm
0.41 x 0.2"
11.5 x 5.5 mm
0.45 x 0.22"
46.2 mm 1.81 in spacing
Description
– Save installation time with our modular solutions,
– Ease the installation with plate or rail mounting options on our modular blocks, – Easily increase the number of outputs using jumpers.
Ordering details
Description Color Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce) g
Feed-through Single pole distribution,
12 connections
Grey DBL175 1SNL317510R0000 1 200
Main technical data
Connecting capacity IEC UL Connection
type
Cross section
Max current / Max
cross section
Copper 175 A / 70 mm² 175 A / 2/0 AWG 2 x Ø 11.8 mm 10 ... 50 mm² 10 ... 70 mm² Aluminium 135 A / 70 mm² 8 ... 1/0 AWG 6 ... 2/0 AWG
Rated voltage 1000 V AC / 1500 V DC 1000 V 10 x Ø 6.5 mm 2.5 ... 16 mm² 2.5 ... 16 mm² Rated impulse voltage 14 ... 6 AWG 14 ... 6 AWG
Short-time withstand current (Icw 1s) 11000 A
Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) 100 kA
Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 30 kA
Protection IP10 NEMA 1
The connecting capacity data for one Rigid - Solid / Stranded - Flexible conductor (when applicable) is a mandatory information required by IEC, UL and CSA standards (Copper conductors).
All other data are provided as supplementary information only. For more details, please consult our CB, UL or CSA certificates and technical datasheet available on http://www.ABB.com CE RoHS USR EAC
Mounting instructions
5.5 mm 0.22"
PZ2
5 mm 0.2"
Rail TH 35-7.5,
TH 35-15
Tool Diameter
of cable
Wire stripping
length
Recommended
torque
Ø
Allen key
5 mm 0.20 in 11.8 mm 0.46 in 15 mm 0.708 in 6... 10 Nm 53 ... 88 lb.in Posidriv - flat screwdriver
5.5 mm 0.22 in 6.5 mm 0.26 in 11 mm 0.43 in 2 ... 3 Nm 18 ... 26.5 lb.in Accessories
Description Color Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce) g
1 End stops 10 mm 0.394 in Grey BAM2 1SNA206351R1600 50 12.00 9 mm 0.354 in BADL 1SNA399903R0200 50 4.70
12 mm 0.472 in BADH 1SNA116900R2700 50 20.00
2 Terminal block
markers
Pre-printed marker card White MC512PA 1SNK149002R0000 1 10.00 Blank card MC512 1SNK140000R0000 22 9.00
Complete list of accessories is indicated in the terminal block datasheet including end stops.
Some accessories such as jumper bars may modify the terminal block's ratings: Complete information available in the accessories section of the catalog. 1 2
ABB Solutions series - distribution blocks - DBL range | 9 All the technical data for UL/CSA standard and dimensions in inches are in italic.
About Us
Products
New Products
OEM Custom Parts
Request a Catalog
Reference
ILSCO Product Catalog
Items Per Page 20 6 Compare
D167 GROUND BARS
Home > ILSCO Product Catalog > Grounding > Neutral/Ground Bars > D167 GROUND BARS • Manufactured from high strength copper tubing.
• Outlets are numbered and are clearly marked on the bar. • Range Taking.
• UL Recognized and CSA Certified for 2,000 Volts.
• For Copper Conductor only.
• UL File E6207
Compare Item ID Number
of Taps
Conductor
Range
Tap
Conductor
Range
Main
Length Width Height Mounting
Hole
Tapped
Size
Mounting
Hole
Position
Standard
Package
Quantity
NAED/UPC
Number
gfedc D167-4 4 6-14 AWG 4-14 AWG 2.7500 0.3438 0.7500 13/64 1 & 6 20 0783669160925 gfedc D167-6 6 6-14 AWG 4-14 AWG 3.5000 0.3438 0.7500 13/64 2 & 7 20 0783669161052 gfedc D167-8 8 6-14 AWG 4-14 AWG 4.4375 0.3438 0.7500 13/64 4 & 9 20 0783669161212 gfedc D167-10 10 6-14 AWG 4-14 AWG 5.1250 0.3438 0.7500 13/64 4 & 9 20 0783669161564 gfedc D167-12 12 6-14 AWG 4-14 AWG 5.9375 0.3438 0.7500 13/64 5 & 10 20 0783669161724 gfedc D167-14 14 6-14 AWG 4-14 AWG 6.7188 0.3438 0.7500 13/64 7 & 12 20 0783669161991 Contact Us Privacy Policy ©1991-2013 CDI Technology All Rights Reserved ILSCO
4730 MADISON ROAD
CINCINNATI, OH 45227
513-533-6200
800-776-9775
Home Help
Search...
Advanced Search
Login
D167 GROUND BARS Page 1 of 1
http://www.ilsco.com/e2wShoppingCatalog.aspx?parentId=3100012781&parentLink=210... 7/17/2013 Page 1120 of 1513 525 800-774-3539 • www.lappusa.com • www.lappcanada.com • www.lappmexico.com Technical Data:
Materials: NBR (Rubber)
Temperature: -40°C to +100°C
Seal: IP 54
IP 68 when all holes are optimally filled.
Special shapes available on request. Consult factory for details
SKINTOP® DIX-M BUSHINGS
Multiple Cable Sealing Bushing for Metric SKINTOP® Cable Glands SKINTOP® DIX is a multiple hole sealing bushing designed to allow several cables to be inserted through one cable gland. This results in a reduction of space and cost, as a separate cable gland is not required for each cable. 53316220
53316230
53316240
53320250
53320260
53320340
53320353
53320440
53320920
53320430
53325260
53325350
53325360
53325370
53325450
53325540
53325640
53332270
53332280
53332290
53332370
53332380
53332460
53332470
53332560
53332650
53332840
53332850
53332940
53340290
53340310
53340480
53340490
53340580
53340590
53340670
53340860
53340969
53350680
53350780
53350870
53350164
53350166
Part Number Size of Holes
inches mm
.079
.118
.157
.197
.236
.157
.209
.157
.079
.118
.236
.197
.236
.276
.197
.157
.157
.276
.315
.354
.276
.315
.236
.276
.236
.197
.157
.197
.157
.354
.394
.315
.354
.315
.354
.276
.236
.272
.315
.315
.276
.157
.236
2.0 3.0
4.0 5.0
6.0 4.0
5.3 4.0
2.0 3.0
6.0 5.0
6.0 7.0
5.0 4.0
4.0 7.0
8.0 9.0
7.0 8.0
6.0 7.0
6.0 5.0
4.0 5.0
4.0 9.0
10.0 8.0
9.0 8.0
9.0 7.0
6.0 6.9
8.0 8.0
7.0 4.0
6.0 Thread Type
& Size
Standard
Pack
Size
M-16
M-16
M-16
M-20
M-20
M-20
M-20
M-20
M-20
M-20
M-25
M-25
M-25
M-25
M-25
M-25
M-25
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-50
M-50
M-50
M-50
M-50
# of Holes
2 2
2 2
2 3
3 4
9 4
2 3
3 3
4 5
6 2
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 6
8 8
9 2
3 4
4 5
5 6
8 9
6 7
8 16
16 100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 25
25 25
25 25
25 25
25 25
10 10
10 10
10
525 800-774-3539 • www.lappusa.com • www.lappcanada.com • www.lappmexico.com Technical Data:
Materials: NBR (Rubber)
Temperature: -40°C to +100°C
Seal: IP 54
IP 68 when all holes are optimally filled.
Special shapes available on request. Consult factory for details
SKINTOP® DIX-M BUSHINGS
Multiple Cable Sealing Bushing for Metric SKINTOP® Cable Glands SKINTOP® DIX is a multiple hole sealing bushing designed to allow several cables to be inserted through one cable gland. This results in a reduction of space and cost, as a separate cable gland is not required for each cable. 53316220
53316230
53316240
53320250
53320260
53320340
53320353
53320440
53320920
53320430
53325260
53325350
53325360
53325370
53325450
53325540
53325640
53332270
53332280
53332290
53332370
53332380
53332460
53332470
53332560
53332650
53332840
53332850
53332940
53340290
53340310
53340480
53340490
53340580
53340590
53340670
53340860
53340969
53350680
53350780
53350870
53350164
53350166
Part Number Size of Holes
inches mm
.079
.118
.157
.197
.236
.157
.209
.157
.079
.118
.236
.197
.236
.276
.197
.157
.157
.276
.315
.354
.276
.315
.236
.276
.236
.197
.157
.197
.157
.354
.394
.315
.354
.315
.354
.276
.236
.272
.315
.315
.276
.157
.236
2.0 3.0
4.0 5.0
6.0 4.0
5.3 4.0
2.0 3.0
6.0 5.0
6.0 7.0
5.0 4.0
4.0 7.0
8.0 9.0
7.0 8.0
6.0 7.0
6.0 5.0
4.0 5.0
4.0 9.0
10.0 8.0
9.0 8.0
9.0 7.0
6.0 6.9
8.0 8.0
7.0 4.0
6.0 Thread Type
& Size
Standard
Pack
Size
M-16
M-16
M-16
M-20
M-20
M-20
M-20
M-20
M-20
M-20
M-25
M-25
M-25
M-25
M-25
M-25
M-25
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-32
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-40
M-50
M-50
M-50
M-50
M-50
# of Holes
2 2
2 2
2 3
3 4
9 4
2 3
3 3
4 5
6 2
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 6
8 8
9 2
3 4
4 5
5 6
8 9
6 7
8 16
16 100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 25
25 25
25 25
25 25
25 25
10 10
10 10
10
Lapp Online Catalog: SKINTOP® SLM/SLRM: Strain Relief with Metric Thread Page 2 of 3 http://www.lappusa.com/canada/11032description.htm 2/15/2014 Page 1123 of 1513 524 800-774-3539 • www.lappusa.com • www.lappcanada.com • www.lappmexico.com Technical Data:
Color: Natural
Materials: Silicone
Temperature: -30°C to +100°C
Seal: IP 54
IP 68 when all holes are optimally filled.
SKINTOP® DIX BUSHINGS
Multiple Cable Sealing Bushing for PG & NPT SKINTOP® Cable Glands 53607225
53607417
53609230
53611225
53611240
53611330
53611430
53613250
53613340
53613440
53616140
53616225
53616240
53616260
53616340
53616350
53616356
53616360
53616440
53616450
53616540
53621270
53621280
53621370
53621380
53621460
53621550
53621640
53629290
53629390
53629470
53629480
53629490
53629556
53629570
53629675
Part Number Size of Holes
inches mm
.098
.067
.118
.098
.157
.118
.118
.197
.157
.157
.157
.098
.157
.236
.157
.197
.220
.236
.157
.197
.157
.276
.315
.276
.315
.236
.197
.157
.354
.354
.276
.315
.354
.220
.276
.295
2.5 1.7
3.0 2.5
4.0 3.0
3.0 5.0
4.0 4.0
4.0 2.5
4.0 6.0
4.0 5.0
5.6 6.0
4.0 5.0
4.0 7.0
8.0 7.0
8.0 6.0
5.0 4.0
9.0 9.0
7.0 8.0
9.0 5.6
7.0 7.5
Thread Type
& Size
Standard
Pack
Size
PG-7
PG-7
PG-9
PG-11
PG-11
PG-11
PG-11
PG-13
PG-13
PG-13
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-21
PG-21
PG-21
PG-21
PG-21
PG-21
PG-21
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
Thread Type
& Size
-
-
NPT-3/8"
-
-
-
-
NPT-1/2"
NPT-1/2"
NPT-1/2"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
# of Holes
2 4
2 2
2 3
4 2
3 4
1 2
2 2
3 3
3 3
4 4
5 2
2 3
3 4
5 6
2 3
4 4
4 5
5 6
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
53100003
53100004
53100005
53100006
53100007
53100008
53100009
Part Number
Diameter
inches mm
.118
.157
.197
.236
.276
.315
.354
3.0 4.0
5.0 6.0
7.0 8.0
9.0 Length
inches mm
.354
.354
.433
.551
.551
.551
.551
9 9
11 14
14 14
14 Standard
Pack
Size
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Technical Data:
Materials: Polyamide
SKINTOP® DIX-DV INSERTS
Inserts for SKINTOP® DIX NPT, PG & Metric
SKINTOP® DIX is a multiple
hole sealing bushing designed
to allow several cables to be
inserted through one cable
gland. This results in a
reduction of space and cost,
as a separate cable gland is
not required for each cable.
SKINTOP® DIX-DV inserts are designed to seal unused
positions in SKINTOP® DIX bushings, which need to be
closed to ensure the proper class protection.
524 800-774-3539 • www.lappusa.com • www.lappcanada.com • www.lappmexico.com Technical Data:
Color: Natural
Materials: Silicone
Temperature: -30°C to +100°C
Seal: IP 54
IP 68 when all holes are optimally filled.
SKINTOP® DIX BUSHINGS
Multiple Cable Sealing Bushing for PG & NPT SKINTOP® Cable Glands 53607225
53607417
53609230
53611225
53611240
53611330
53611430
53613250
53613340
53613440
53616140
53616225
53616240
53616260
53616340
53616350
53616356
53616360
53616440
53616450
53616540
53621270
53621280
53621370
53621380
53621460
53621550
53621640
53629290
53629390
53629470
53629480
53629490
53629556
53629570
53629675
Part Number Size of Holes
inches mm
.098
.067
.118
.098
.157
.118
.118
.197
.157
.157
.157
.098
.157
.236
.157
.197
.220
.236
.157
.197
.157
.276
.315
.276
.315
.236
.197
.157
.354
.354
.276
.315
.354
.220
.276
.295
2.5 1.7
3.0 2.5
4.0 3.0
3.0 5.0
4.0 4.0
4.0 2.5
4.0 6.0
4.0 5.0
5.6 6.0
4.0 5.0
4.0 7.0
8.0 7.0
8.0 6.0
5.0 4.0
9.0 9.0
7.0 8.0
9.0 5.6
7.0 7.5
Thread Type
& Size
Standard
Pack
Size
PG-7
PG-7
PG-9
PG-11
PG-11
PG-11
PG-11
PG-13
PG-13
PG-13
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-16
PG-21
PG-21
PG-21
PG-21
PG-21
PG-21
PG-21
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
PG-29
Thread Type
& Size
-
-
NPT-3/8"
-
-
-
-
NPT-1/2"
NPT-1/2"
NPT-1/2"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-3/4"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
NPT-1"
# of Holes
2 4
2 2
2 3
4 2
3 4
1 2
2 2
3 3
3 3
4 4
5 2
2 3
3 4
5 6
2 3
4 4
4 5
5 6
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
53100003
53100004
53100005
53100006
53100007
53100008
53100009
Part Number
Diameter
inches mm
.118
.157
.197
.236
.276
.315
.354
3.0 4.0
5.0 6.0
7.0 8.0
9.0 Length
inches mm
.354
.354
.433
.551
.551
.551
.551
9 9
11 14
14 14
14 Standard
Pack
Size
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Technical Data:
Materials: Polyamide
SKINTOP® DIX-DV INSERTS
Inserts for SKINTOP® DIX NPT, PG & Metric
SKINTOP® DIX is a multiple
hole sealing bushing designed
to allow several cables to be
inserted through one cable
gland. This results in a
reduction of space and cost,
as a separate cable gland is
not required for each cable.
SKINTOP® DIX-DV inserts are designed to seal unused
positions in SKINTOP® DIX bushings, which need to be
closed to ensure the proper class protection.
Sealed Enclosure Cooling Air Conditioners
1 Thermal Management Spec-00728 M SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE nVent.com/HOFFMAN
SPECTRACOOL INDOOR/OUTDOOR
G28
4000/6000 BTU/Hr.
1172/1758 Watt
G52
8000/12000 BTU/Hr.
2300/3500 Watt
G57
20000 BTU/Hr.
5861 Watt
G57 G52 G28
Ambient AirFlow
Clean AirFlow
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
UL/cUL Listed; Type 12, 3R, 4; 4X optional; File No. SA6453 CE
EAC
IP 56 Internal Loop
IP 34 on External Loop
Telcordia GR-487 capable (Outdoor)
APPLICATION
• Industrial automation
• Telecommunications equipment
• Waste water treatment systems
• Package handling equipment
• Security and defense systems
• And more
FEATURES
• Energy-efficient rotary compressor on most models
• R407c and R134a earth-friendly refrigerants
• 115, 230 and 400/460 VAC 3-phase power input on most models • UL Listed to save customers time and money with agency approvals
• Outdoor model operating temperature range from -40 F/-40 C to 131 F/55 C
• Exterior and partially recessed mounting options
• Attractive industrial design with minimal use of visible fasteners • Reliable mechanical thermostat on enclosure side of the unit; indoor air conditioner models include digital display on ambient side
• Dual condenser-side air movers for performance redundancy on G52 and G57 models
• Galvanized sheet-metal cover for rugged factory and outdoor environments
• Easy-mount flanges for simple installation
• Cut-out adapter options for enclosures with GENESIS and T-Series air conditioners, enable users to easily transition to the new unit
• Dust-resistant condenser coil allows the unit to be run filterless in most applications
• Cleanable, reusable aluminum mesh filter protects coils for maximum cooling performance
• Mounting hardware, gaskets and user manual furnished with the unit
• Every unit functionally tested before shipping
• Standard Indoor Air Conditioner models also include:
- Active condensate management with heater strip
- Power-off relay for door switch and other system requirements - Malfunction switch
• Standard Outdoor Air Conditioner models also include:
- Telcordia GR-487 capable
- Corrosion-resistant components
- Malfunction switch
- Compressor heater
- Head pressure control
- Up to 2000 Watt (G28, G52) and 3000 Watt (G57) enclosure heater
SPECIFICATIONS
• Nominal cooling capacity:
G28 4000 & 6000 BTU/Hr. (1172 and 1758 W)
G52 8000 & 12000 BTU/Hr. (2344 and 3516 W)
G57 20000 BTU/Hr. (5861 W)
• Outdoor model operating temperature range from -40 F/-40 C to 131 F/55 C
FINISH
• RAL 7035 light-gray, semi-textured powder-coat paint
• Other colors and textures available
NOTES
Visit www.PentairProtect.com to download 2D and 3D CAD
drawings into the overall design of your electrical system.
Sealed Enclosure Cooling Air Conditioners
nVent.com/HOFFMAN PH 763.422.2211 Spec-00728 M Thermal Management 12 Performance Data G52 Models 8000/12000 BTU/Hr. (2300/3500 Watt)
CATALOG NUMBER
Indoor Model G520816G050 G520826G050 G520846G050 G521216G050 G521226G050 G521246G050 Indoor Model Stainless Steel Type 4X G520816G051 G520826G051 G520846G051 G521216G051 G521226G051 G521246G051 Indoor Model with Remote Access Control* G520816G060 G520826G060 G520846G060 G521216G060 G521226G060 G521246G060 Outdoor Model without Heat Pkg. G520816G100 G520826G100 G520846G100 G521216G100 G521226G100 G521246G100 Outdoor Model Partial Recessed Mount G520816G101 G520826G101 G520846G101 G521216G101 G521226G101 G521246G101 Outdoor Model without Heat Pkg. Stainless Steel Type 4X G520816G102 G520826G102 G520846G102 G521216G102 G521226G102 G521246G102 Outdoor Model with Heat Pkg. G520816G150 G520826G150 G520846G150 G521216G150 G521226G150 G521246G150 Outdoor Model with Heat Pkg. Stainless Steel Type 4X G520816G151 G520826G151 G520846G151 G521216G151 G521226G151 G521246G151
COOLING PERFORMANCE
Nominal:
BTU/Hr. 8000 8000 8000 12000 12000 12000
Watts 2300 2300 2300 3500 3500 3500
At 131 F/131 F (55 C/55 C):
BTU/Hr. 7300/8200 7300/8200 8800/9800 12000/12500 12000/12500 11100/12000 Watts 2139/2403 2139/2403 2578/2871 3516/3662 3516/3662 3252/3516 At 95 F/95 F (35 C/35 C):
BTU/Hr. 6000/6800 6000/6800 7400/8200 9900/10700 9900/10700 9900/10700 Watts 1758/1992 1758/1992 2168/2402 2900/3135 2900/3135 2900/3135 Refrigerant R134a R134a R134a R134a R134a R134a
Refrigerant Charge (ounces/grams) 24/680 24/680 24/680 38/1077 38/1077 38/1077 Operating Temperature Range:
Maximum (ºF/ºC) 131/55 131/55 131/55 131/55 131/55 131/55 Indoor Minimum (ºF/ºC) 50/10 50/10 50/10 50/10 50/10 50/10 Outdoor Minimum (ºF/ºC) -40/-40 -40/-40 -40/-40 -40/-40 -40/-40 -40/-40 Airflow at 0 Static Pressure:
Internal loop 50 Hz (CFM / m3
/hr.) 285/484 285/484 285/484 287/487 287/487 287/487
External loop 50 Hz (CFM / m3
/hr.) 650/1104 650/1104 650/1104 635/1078 635/1078 635/1078 Internal loop 60 Hz (CFM / m3
/hr.) 310/527 310/527 310/527 305/518 305/518 305/518
External loop 60 Hz (CFM / m3
/hr.) 700/1189 700/1189 700/1189 650/1104 650/1104 650/1104 Max. Heater W (Outdoor Models): 2000 2000 NA 2000 2000 NA
ELECTRICAL DATA
Rated Voltage 115 230/208-230 400/460 3~ 115 230/208-230 400/460 3~ Frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Operating Range +/- 10% +/- 10% +/- 10% +/- 10% +/- 10% +/- 10% Max. Power Consumption (W) 1250/1415 1250/1415 806/957** 2100/2427 1830/2130 910/1106** Max. Nominal Current (A at 50/60 Hz) 11.2/12.3 5.6/7.0-6.2 3.1/3.2 16.1/21.0 9.1/10.6-9.5 3.6/3.5 Starting Current (A) 48 27 16 57 38 16
Agency Approvals UL/cUL Listed
CE
EAC
Others available upon request
Power Input Description Terminal Block
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION
UL Type Type 12, 3R, 4 standard
Type 4X Stainless steel optional
International Rating IP56 internal loop
IP34 external loop
CONTROLLER
Description Basic mechanical thermostat with digital display Thermostat Location Enclosure side on all base models
Digital Display Location:
Indoor Models Ambient side
Outdoor Models Enclosure side
Factory Thermostat Setting (F/C) 80/27
SOUND LEVEL
At 1.5 Meters 68 dB(A)
UNIT CONSTRUCTION
Material Galvanized sheet metal standard
Stainless steel optional
Finish RAL 7035 light-gray, semi-textured powder-coat paint standard Other colors available
ACCESSORIES
EASYSWAP Adaptor Plenum (GENESIS M52) Enables SPECTRACOOL to be mounted to a GENESIS M52 air conditioner cutout Catalog Number PLM52G52
UNIT DIMENSIONS
Height (in./mm) 52.69/1338
Width (in./mm) 17.12/435
Depth (in./mm) 11.66/296
Weight (lb./kg) 128/58.1 128/58.1 138/62.6 131/59.4 131/59.4 141/64.0 *Units with Remote Access Control utilize a digital controller and communicate via EtherNet/IP, Profinet, Modbus TCP/IP and SNMP over ethernet or modbus RTU over USB.
**Watts based on .65 power factor.
Sealed Enclosure Cooling Air Conditioners
nVent.com/HOFFMAN PH 763.422.2211 Spec-00728 M Thermal Management 14 Enclosure Air Temperature
25 C
77 F
35 C
95 F
45 C
113 F
55 C
131 F
0 3000
6000
9000
12000
15000
68 77 86 95 104 113 122 131
Ambient Air In (°F)
Cooling Capacity (BTU/Hr.)
0 879
1758
2637
3516
4395
20 30 40 50
Ambient Air In (°C)
Cooling Capacity (W)
G52-0846-GXXX Capacity Curves at 60 Hz
Enclosure Air Temperature
25 C
77 F
35 C
95 F
45 C
113 F
55 C
131 F
0 3000
6000
9000
12000
15000
68 77 86 95 104 113 122 131
Ambient Air In (°F)
Cooling Capacity (BTU/Hr.)
0 879
1758
2637
3516
4395
20 30 40 50
Ambient Air In (°C)
Cooling Capacity (W)
G52-0846-GXXX Capacity Curves at 50 Hz
Performance Curves for G52 Models 8000 BTU/Hr. (2300 Watt)
Sealed Enclosure Cooling Air Conditioners
17 Thermal Management Spec-00728 M SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE nVent.com/HOFFMAN
$0%,(17
$,5287
$0%,(17
$,5,1
(1&/2685(
$,5,1
(1&/2685(
$,5287
5(029$%/(
+$1*,1*
7$%6
&/($1$%/(5(86$%/(
$/80,180,1/(7),/7(5
$&&(66+2/(>
@
2876,'(',$0(7(5
'5$,1678%
7<3
%78
>
@
%78
>
@
%78
>
@
%78
>
@
&22/,1*
+($7,1*
7+(50267$7
32:(5
,1/(7
02817,1*
+2/(6
;
237,21$/$&&(663$1(/
21/<)2581,76:,7++($7(5
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
$&287/,1(
&XWRXW'LPHQVLRQV
6WDQGDUG
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
&XWRXW'LPHQVLRQV
****
****RQO\
$&287/,1(
*0RGHOV%78+U
:DWW
127(
02817,1**$6.(76833/,('
1276+2:1
81,76
LQ>PP@
Visit nVent.com/HOFFMAN to download 2D and 3D CAD drawings into the overall design of your electrical system.
UVSIGNA 2 ROW GEN 2- 4 BANKS WIPER/LIFT HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM
0.74 GPM
LOW LEVEL
E
A B
600PSI
M 10 Micron
580psi
NC (NORMALLY CLOSED)
R R
E
E E E E
E
R
WIPING LIFTING
A
B
C
D
6 5 4 3 2 1
A
B
C
D
6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7
8 7
E
F
E
F
AA
12-926
2013-01-21
SML
RELEASE LOG #
CREATED ON
DRAWN BY
SolidWorks MAINTAINED DATA
CHANGES SHALL BE INCORPORATED
ELECTRONICALLY
2 PL DEC
3 PL DEC
ANGLE
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
0.01 1.0
0.005
SCALE 1:3 SHEET 15 OF 16 SIZE D
HSC, G4
DESCRIPTION
DWG NO. REV
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
INTERPRET DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES
PER ASME Y14.5M-2009
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
TOLERANCES APPLY AS SHOWN BELOW:
REMOVE ALL BURRS, ALL CORNERS R 0.010" OR
BREAK EDGE. CRITICAL CHARACTERISTIC #
MASS: 0.00 lbs
CURRENT STATUS: Released
907717C
COPYRIGHT BY TROJAN
TECHNOLOGIES, 2022, ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED.
3020 GORE RD, LONDON, ONTARIO, CANADA, N5V-4T7
System pro M compact®
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
for branch circuit protection acc. to UL 489
The miniature circuit breaker SU 200 M
is ABB’s solution for UL 489 branch circuit
protection up to 480 Y/277 V AC and
96 V DC. This circuit breaker is an allround device for AC and DC applications for universal use in North American and
global markets due to its approvals acc.
to the international standards UL, CSA
and IEC. Moreover, SU 200 M is fully
compatible with System pro M compact®
UL 489 accessories.
Features
− High performance MCB with 10 kA interrupting capacity acc. to UL 489 / CSA 22.2 No. 5 and 15 kA breaking capacity
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2
− Certified up to In
= 40 A at 480 Y/277 V AC acc. to UL 489 /
CSA 22.2 No. 5
− Certified for AC and DC use acc. to UL and CSA
− 40 °C reference temperature acc. to UL and CSA
− Current limiting acc. to UL 489
− Clear contact position indication in red/green (”real CPI“) 2CDC021004S0014
Standards
UL 489
CSA 22.2 No. 5
IEC/EN 60947-2
Approvals
UL 489 US
CSA 22.2 No. 5 CA
VDE DE
CCC CN
Standards and approvals
2CDC021046S0014
2 1SXP403001B0201
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Technical data
General Data
Standards UL 489, CSA 22.2 No. 5, IEC/EN 60947-2
Poles 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
Tripping characteristics C, K, Z
Rated current In
0.2 - 63 A
Rated frequency f 50 / 60 Hz, DC (0 Hz)
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1 250 V AC (phase to ground), 440 V AC (phase to phase) Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 3
IEC/EN 60947-2
Rated operational voltage Ue
1P: 230 V AC; 2P, 3P, 4P: 400 V AC
Max. power frequency recovery voltage Umax AC 1P: 253 V AC; 2P, 3P, 4P: 440 V AC Min. operating voltage 12 V AC, 12 V DC
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu 15 kA Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics ≤ 40 A: 11.25 kA > 40 A: 7.5 kA
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (1.2/50μs) 4 kV (test voltage 6.2 kV at sea level, 5 kV at 2,000 m) Dielectric test voltage 2 kV (50 / 60Hz, 1 min.)
Reference temperature for tripping characteristics 30 °C Electrical endurance In
< 30 A: 20,000 ops (AC), In ≥ 30 A: 10,000 ops. (AC);
1 cycle (2 s - ON, 13 s - OFF, In
≤ 32 A), 1 cycle (2 s - ON, 28 s - OFF, In > 32 A)
UL / CSA
Rated voltage AC
AC
AC
AC
DC
1P: 277 V AC up to 40 A for C, Z char.,
277 V AC up to 35 A for K char., 240 V AC
2P, 3P, 4P: 480 Y / 277 V AC up to 40 A for C, Z char., 480 Y / 277 V AC up to 35 A for K char., 240 V AC
1P: 48 V DC; 2P: 96 V DC (2p in series)
Rated interrupting capacity acc. to UL 1077 –
Short-circuit current rating acc. to UL 489 10 kA
Application –
Reference temperature for tripping characteristics 40 °C Electrical endurance 6,000 ops (AC), 6,000 ops. (DC); 1 cycle (1 s - ON, 9 s - OFF) Mechanical data
Housing Insulation group II, RAL 7035
Toggle Insulation group II, black, sealable
Contact position indication Real CPI (green OFF / red ON) Protection degree acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP20*, IP40 in enclosure with cover Mechanical endurance 20,000 ops.
Shock resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-27 25 g - 2 shocks - 13 ms Vibration resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 5g - 20 cycles at 5…150…5 Hz with load 0.8 In Environmental conditions (damp heat cyclic) acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-30 28 cycles with 55°C/90-96% and 25°C/95-100% Ambient temperature -25 … +55°C
Storage temperature -40 ... +70 °C
Installation
Terminal Failsafe bi-directional cylinder-lift terminal Cross-section of conductors (top/bottom) solid, stranded: 35 mm² / 35 mm² flexible: 25 mm2 / 25 mm2
18 – 4 AWG
Cross-section of busbars (top/bottom) 10 mm² / 10 mm²
18 – 8 AWG
Torque 2.8 Nm
AWG 18-16: 13.3 in-lbs.
AWG 14-10: 17.7 in-lbs.
AWG 8-4: 39.8 in-lbs.
Screwdriver No. 2 Pozidrive
Mounting On DIN rail 35 mm acc. to EN 60715 by fast clip Mounting position any
Supply optional
Dimensions and weight
Mounting dimensions acc. to DIN 43880 Mounting dimension 3 Pole dimensions (H x D x W) 111 x 69 x 17.5 mm
Pole weight approx. 125 g
Combination with auxiliary elements
Auxiliary contact Yes
Signal contact Yes
Shunt trip Yes
1SXP403001B0201 3
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Tripping characteristics
Tripping characteristics
Acc. to Tripping
characteristics
Rated
current
Thermal release 1) Electromagnetic release 2)
I
n
Currents:
conventional
non-tripping
current
I
1 conventional
tripping
current
I
2 Tripping
time
Range of
instantaneous
tripping
Tripping time
IEC/EN 60947-2 C 0.5 to 63 A 1.05 · In
1.3 · In
> 1 h
< 1 h 3)
5 · In
10 · In
> 0.2 s
< 0.2 s
K 0.2 to 63 A 1.05 · In
1.3 · In
> 1 h
< 1 h 3)
10 · In
14 · In
> 0.2 s
< 0.2 s
Z 0.5 to 63 A 1.05 · In
1.3 · In
> 1 h
< 1 h 3)
2 · In
3 · In
> 0.2 s
< 0.2 s
1) The thermal releases are calibrated to a nominal reference ambient temperature of 30 °C.
In the case of higher ambient temperatures, the current values fall by approx. 6 % for each 10 K temperature rise. 2) The indicated tripping values of electromagnetic tripping devices apply to a frequency of 50/60 Hz. The thermal release operates independent of frequency. 3) As from operating temperature (after I1 > 1h)
C characteristic
2CDC022002F0214
4 1SXP403001B0201
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Tripping characteristics
K characteristic Z characteristic 2CDC022004F0214
2CDC022005F0214
8 1SXP403001B0201
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Current limiting – Ipeak and I2t values acc. to UL 489
Type Voltage Current
A
Power Factor Phase I
peak
kA
I
2t
kA2S
SU203M-K0.2 480Y/277 10000 0.45-0.5 3 0.026 0.008
SU203M-K7 480Y/277 4095 0.45-0.5 3 2.3 11.9
SU203M-K7 480Y/277 7500 0.45-0.5 3 3.4 16.7
SU203M-K7 480Y/277 10000 0.45-0.5 3 4.6 19.0
SU203M-K20 480Y/277 4095 0.45-0.5 3 2.9 18.1
SU203M-K20 480Y/277 7500 0.45-0.5 3 4.3 28.1
SU203M-K20 480Y/277 10000 0.45-0.5 3 6.4 34.6
SU203M-K35 480Y/277 4095 0.45-0.5 3 3.4 27.9
SU203M-K35 480Y/277 7500 0.45-0.5 3 4.7 33.1
SU203M-K35 480Y/277 10000 0.45-0.5 3 9.0 72.0
SU203M-C40 480Y/277 4095 0.45-0.5 3 3.4 22.8
SU203M-C40 480Y/277 7500 0.45-0.5 3 5.1 42.5
SU203M-C40 480Y/277 10000 0.45-0.5 3 9.3 74.6
SU201M-K0.2 277 10000 0.45-0.5 1 0.7 0.092
SU201M-K7 277 4095 0.45-0.5 1 2.5 10.5
SU201M-K7 277 7500 0.45-0.5 1 3.4 16.9
SU201M-K7 277 10000 0.45-0.5 1 3.4 14.5
SU201M-K20 277 4095 0.45-0.5 1 2.8 14.7
SU201M-K20 277 7500 0.45-0.5 1 4.1 23.5
SU201M-K20 277 10000 0.45-0.5 1 4.7 32.5
SU201M-K35 277 4095 0.45-0.5 1 3.0 19.8
SU201M-K35 277 7500 0.45-0.5 1 4.7 36.5
SU201M-K35 277 10000 0.45-0.5 1 4.4 22.1
SU201M-C40 277 4095 0.45-0.5 1 3.6 22.9
SU201M-C40 277 7500 0.45-0.5 1 5.3 52.6
SU201M-C40 277 10000 0.45-0.5 1 5.9 44.9
SU203M-K63 240 4095 0.45-0.5 3 3.6 19.9
SU203M-K63 240 7500 0.45-0.5 3 5.1 33.0
SU203M-K63 240 10000 0.45-0.5 3 6.3 43.3
SU201M-K63 240 4095 0.45-0.5 1 3.9 33.8
SU201M-K63 240 7500 0.45-0.5 1 5.2 43.8
SU201M-K63 240 10000 0.45-0.5 1 6.5 61.8
1SXP403001B0201 9
Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200M
Accessories and dimensional drawing
Accessory overview
2CDC092011F0014
The certification of the Accessories has been done with one accessory only.
The number of electrical operations is limited to 4,000 operations for the maximum combinations and the combinations including shunt trips.
H Auxiliary contact S2C-H6RU
(change-over contact)
S/H Signal contact S2C-S6RU
ST Shunt trip S2C-A...U 2CDC022007F0014
Dimensional drawing
SU 200 M
RFHSS Electromechanical Hygrostat
Technical Data Features
Operating Voltage 24 - 230V AC
Setting Range 40 - 90% RH Exterior setting, fine
adjustment knob
Sensor Plastic fibres
Switching Current
Dehumidification 5 (0.2) A @24V, min 100mA
Humidification 2 (0.2) A @ 24V, min 100mA
Contact 1 Change-over
Switching Differential ~5%RH
Service Life >100,000
Protection Rating IP30
Protection Class 0 (protection class must be
guaranteed by installation
location)
Connection Type Screw terminals, 0.5 - 2.5mm2
Mounting Type DIN rail (35mm)
Operating/Storage/Temperature T60 (0...60oC) / (32...140oF) Housing Plastic grey (RAL7035)
Weight Approx. 50g
Approval/Marking UL / CE
Type Setting Range Switching Differential Features Scale RFHSS 114.110 40 - 90%RH ~5%RH 1 Change-over Blue
For more information
regarding the RFHSS Hygrostat,
please feel free to contact:
DBK USA, Inc.
212 Northeast Drive
Spartanburg, SC 29303
Phone: (864) 599-1600
Fax: (864) 578-6464
[email protected]
www.dbk-group.com
The information is subject to change without notice. Data is given for illustration purpose only and does not release the customer from independent application tests.
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 1 / 6
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 10-Apr-2012
Extract from the online
catalog
VAL-MS 320 ST
Order No.: 2838843
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2838843 Surge protection connector type 2 with high-capacity varistor for VALMS base element, thermal monitoring, visual fault warning. Design:
320 V AC
Commercial data
EAN
4 017918 170813
Pack 1 pcs.
Customs tariff 85363030
Catalog page information Page 39 (TT-2011)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
May/03/2006
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation at http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com.
The General Terms and Conditions
of Use apply to Internet downloads.
Technical data
Standards
Housing material PA
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Color black
VAL-MS 320 ST Order No.: 2838843
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2838843 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 2 / 6
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 10-Apr-2012
Standards for air and creepage distances DIN VDE 0110-1 IEC 60664-1: 1992-10
IEC 61643-1
Surge voltage category III
Pollution degree 2
Degree of protection IP20
Mounting type On base element
Design DIN rail module, two-section, divisible
Number of positions 1
Ambient temperature (operation) -40 °C ... 80 °C
Arrester can be tested with CHECKMASTER from
software version:
From SW rev. 1.10
Message: Surge protection fault Optical
Direction of action 1L-N/PE
Width 17.70 mm
Height 54.50 mm
Length 52.40 mm
Pitch unit 1 Div.
Protective circuit
IEC category II
T2
EN type T2
Nominal voltage UN 230 V AC
277 V AC
Arrester rated voltage UC 335 V AC
UT (TOV-proof) 415 V AC (5 s)
Nominal frequency fN 50 Hz (60 Hz)
Ground conductor current IPE ≤ 0.32 mA
Standby power consumption PC ≤ 110 mW
Max. discharge surge current Imax (8/20) µs 40 kA
Nominal discharge surge current In (8/20) µs 20 kA
Lightning test current (10/350) µs, peak value limp 3 kA Max. energy absorption (2 ms) 640 J
Protection level Up ≤ 1.5 kV
VAL-MS 320 ST Order No.: 2838843
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2838843 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 3 / 6
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 10-Apr-2012
Residual voltage ≤ 1.2 kV (at 5 kA)
≤ 1.4 kV (at 15 kA)
≤ 1.3 kV (at 10 kA)
≤ 1.5 kV (at In)
≤ 1.1 kV (at 3 kA)
Response time ≤ 25 ns
Max. required backup fuse with branch wiring 125 A (gL) Short-circuit resistance IP with max. backup fuse
(effective)
25 kA
Capacity 2.3 nF (typical)
Standards
Standards/regulations IEC 61643-1 1998
DIN EN 61643-11 2002
UL 1449 ed. 2
IEEE C62.1 / C62.34 / C62.45
Certificates
Certification CB, CCA, CUL, GL, GOST, KEMA, OEVE, UL
Additional products
Item Designation Description
General
2817741 VAL-MS BE Base element for type 2 arresters of the VALVETRAB MS series of products. Design: 1-channel
2817738 VAL-MS BE/FM Base element for type 2 arresters of the VALVETRAB MS series of products, with remote indication contact. Design: 1-channel
VAL-MS 320 ST Order No.: 2838843
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2838843 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 4 / 6
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 10-Apr-2012
Drawings
Dimensioned drawing
VAL-MS 320 ST Order No.: 2838843
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2838843 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 5 / 6
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 10-Apr-2012
Circuit diagram
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 1 / 2
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 9-Mar-2012
Extract from the online
catalog
MPB 18/1- 3
Order No.: 2809212
The illustration shows the version MPB 18/1-6
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2809212 Wiring bridge for modules with connecting pitch 17.5 mm, 1-phase, 3- pos.
Commercial data
EAN
4 017918 076283
Pack 1 pcs.
Customs tariff 85369085
Catalog page information Page 58 (TT-2011)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
Jan/01/2005
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation at http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com.
The General Terms and Conditions
of Use apply to Internet downloads.
Technical data
General
Nominal current IN 100 A
Housing material Plastic
Design Comb bridge
Number of positions 3
Length 55.20 mm
Color gray
PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 1 / 4
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 12-Mar-2012
Extract from the online
catalog
VAL-MS BE
Order No.: 2817741
The illustration shows the base element with remote indication contact http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2817741 Base element for type 2 arresters of the VALVETRAB MS series of products. Design: 1-channel
Commercial data
EAN
4 017918 148164
Pack 1 pcs.
Customs tariff 85363010
Catalog page information Page 45 (TT-2011)
Product notes
WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:
Nov/01/2005
Please note that the data given
here has been taken from the
online catalog. For comprehensive
information and data, please refer
to the user documentation at http://
www.download.phoenixcontact.com.
The General Terms and Conditions
of Use apply to Internet downloads.
Technical data
Standards
Housing material PA
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Color black
Degree of protection IP20
Mounting type DIN rail: 35 mm
Design DIN rail module, two-section, divisible
VAL-MS BE Order No.: 2817741
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2817741 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 2 / 4
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 12-Mar-2012
Number of positions 1
Ambient temperature (operation) -40 °C ... 80 °C
Altitude max. 2000 m
Message: Surge protection fault None
Width 17.70 mm
Height 52.00 mm
Length 90.00 mm
Pitch unit 1 Div.
Protective circuit
Nominal voltage UN 500 V AC
Arrester rated voltage UC 600 V AC
Nominal frequency fN 50 Hz (60 Hz)
Max. required backup fuse with branch wiring 125 A (gL/gG) Short-circuit resistance IP with max. backup fuse
(effective)
25 kA
Connection, protective circuit
Connection method Biconnect terminal blocks
Connection type IN Biconnect screw terminal block
Connection type OUT Biconnect screw terminal block
Connection method Biconnect terminal block
Screw thread M5
Tightening torque 4.5 Nm
Stripping length 16 mm
Conductor cross section stranded min. 1.5 mm²
Conductor cross section stranded max. 25 mm²
Conductor cross section solid min. 1.5 mm²
Conductor cross section solid max. 35 mm²
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil min. 15
Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil max 2
Standards
Standards/regulations IEC 61643-1 2005
EN 61643-11/A11 2007
VAL-MS BE Order No.: 2817741
http://eshop.phoenixcontact.ca/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2817741 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd Page 3 / 4
http://www.phoenixcontact.ca 12-Mar-2012
Certificates
Certification CB, CCA, CSA, CUL, GL, GOST, KEMA, OEVE, UL Drawings
Dimensioned drawing
Circuit diagram
Extended Product Type:
Product ID:
EAN:
Catalog Description:
Long Description:
Minimum Order Quantity:
CustomsTariff Number:
Color:
Product Net Height:
Product Net Depth:
Product Net Weight:
Product Net Width:
Spacing:
Connection Type:
Function:
Connecting Capacity Main Circuit:
Rated Current (In):
Rated Short-time Withstand Current
(Icw):
Pollution Degree:
Power Loss:
Degree of Protection:
Insulation Material:
Mounting on DIN Rail:
Tightening Torque:
Rated Cross-Section:
Connecting Capacity UL/CSA:
Short-Circuit Current Rating (SCCR):
Maximum Operating Voltage
UL/CSA:
RoHS Status:
Ambient Air Temperature:
Instructions and Manuals:
CB Certificate:
CSA Certificate:
cUL Certificate:
Data Sheet, Technical Information:
Declaration of Conformity - CE:
EAC Certificate:
RoHS Information:
General Information
DBL125
1SNL312510R0000
3472599856585
DBL125 Distribution Terminal Blocks
- Save installation time with our modular solutions, - Ease the installation with plate or rail mounting options on our modular blocks, - Easily increase the number of outputs using jumpers.
Categories
Products » Low Voltage Products and Systems » Connection Devices » Terminal Blocks » Solution Series Ordering
1 piece
85369010
Grey
Dimensions
75 mm
50.7 mm
120 g
28.2 mm
Technical
28.2 mm
Screw clamp
Feed-through
Screw Clamp / Rigid 1x 10 ... 35 mm²
Main Circuit 125 A
for 1 s 4000 A
3 4 W
acc. to IEC 60529, IEC 60947-1, EN 60529 Main Terminals IP20 Polyamide
TH35-7.5 (35 x 7.5 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715
TH35-15 (35 x 15 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715
Main Circuit 3.5 ... 5 N·m
35 mm²
Technical UL/CSA
Stranded 2 AWG
100 kA
Main Circuit 1000 V
Environmental
Following EU Directive 2002/95/EC August 18, 2005 and amendment Operation -55 ... +110 °C
Storage -55 ... +110 °C
Certificates and Declarations (Document Number)
1SNC166001B0201
1SND166005A0200
1SND166007A0200
1SND166006A0200
1SNC166013B0201
1SND225005U1000
1SND161011A1100
1SND230557F0200
Classifications
DBL125